WO2022160315A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022160315A1
WO2022160315A1 PCT/CN2021/074556 CN2021074556W WO2022160315A1 WO 2022160315 A1 WO2022160315 A1 WO 2022160315A1 CN 2021074556 W CN2021074556 W CN 2021074556W WO 2022160315 A1 WO2022160315 A1 WO 2022160315A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
terminal device
network
ncc
rnti
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/074556
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陈磊
李秉肇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2021/074556 priority Critical patent/WO2022160315A1/en
Publication of WO2022160315A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022160315A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the terminal device in the connected state can perform data transmission with network devices, such as with a base station (basic station, BS), while the terminal device in the non-active state wants to perform data transmission with the network device.
  • Enter connected state That is to say, the terminal device in the inactive state needs to enter the connection state first, and then perform data transmission with the network device. In this way, unnecessary power consumption and signaling overhead will be caused. Therefore, in the 5G communication system, a data transmission method called "data early transmission” or “data forward transmission” is introduced, that is, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device without entering the connection state, which can effectively improve the Data transmission efficiency, reducing the energy consumption of terminal equipment.
  • data early transmission or “data forward transmission”
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which can effectively reduce data transmission delay and improve data transmission efficiency and reliability.
  • a communication method includes sending a first radio resource control RRC message to a first network device, and reselection from a cell of the first network device to a cell of the second network device. Wherein, the terminal device remains in an inactive state.
  • the terminal device since the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the first RRC message to the first network device, it can still remain in the inactive state, and will not be released to the idle state. As a result, the data transmission is interrupted and the data transmission delay increases, so that the terminal device can still directly use the inactive state to transmit data after cell reselection, so as to effectively reduce the data transmission delay and improve the data transmission efficiency and reliability.
  • the method described in the first aspect may further include: sending a second RRC message to the second network device.
  • the second RRC message may include: the first inactive wireless network temporary identifier I-RNTI.
  • the first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated integrity message authentication code MAC-I.
  • the first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the third network device and the first key.
  • the first key may be determined by calculating the NCC according to the first next-hop chain.
  • the first NCC is allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
  • the anchor network device after the terminal device performs cell reselection is still the third network device, the resource overhead caused by switching the anchor network device can be avoided, and the communication efficiency can be further improved.
  • the method described in the first aspect may further include: before performing cell reselection, receiving the first information from the first network device.
  • the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  • the second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device.
  • the second NCC may be allocated to the terminal device by the first network device or by the third network device.
  • the third network device is the anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the method described in the first aspect may further include: sending a second RRC message to the second network device.
  • the second RRC message may carry the second I-RNTI and the second truncated MAC-I.
  • the second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and the second key.
  • the second key is determined according to the second NCC.
  • the first network device may send the first RRC message to the terminal device after the first RRC message, for example, after the data transmission ends or the connection state is restored.
  • the first information is sent to the terminal device before the RRC release message indicating the end of data transmission or the end of connection state data transmission is sent, and the second I-RNTI and the second NCC are sent by prepending.
  • the terminal device is instructed to remain in the inactive state, so that the terminal device can continue to transmit data according to the pre-obtained second I-RNTI and the second NCC before and after cell reselection, so as to effectively improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the method of the first aspect may further include: receiving a third RRC message from the second network device.
  • the third RRC message may be an RRC release message, where the third RRC message may include: a third I-RNTI and a third NCC.
  • the third I-RNTI and the third NCC may be allocated by the second network device to the terminal device.
  • the third I-RNTI may be different from the second I-RNTI, and/or the third NCC may be different from the second NCC.
  • the third RRC message may further instruct the terminal device to use the second I-RNTI and the second NCC. In this way, the terminal device can be flexibly instructed to update or continue to use the original I-RNTI and/or NCC according to the actual application scenario.
  • the terminal device is instructed to use the updated I-RNTI and NCC.
  • the terminal device is instructed to use the original I-RNTI and NCC to avoid the resource overhead caused by updating the I-RNTI and/or NCC.
  • the method described in the first aspect may further include: sending a Packet Data Convergence Protocol PDCP status report to the second network device, so that the second network device can send the terminal device to the terminal device according to the PDCP status report. Data not received by the device.
  • the terminal device when sending the RRC message, the terminal device can package and send the PDCP status report with the RRC message, thereby reducing signaling overhead and further improving communication efficiency.
  • the method described in the first aspect may be executed by a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components provided in the terminal device, and may also be executed by an apparatus including a terminal device. This is not limited.
  • a communication method includes receiving a first RRC message from a terminal device. Wherein, if the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the RRC message, the terminal device remains in an inactive state.
  • the terminal device is reselected from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device
  • the method described in the second aspect may further include: sending the first data of the terminal device to the second network device .
  • the terminal device is reselected from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device
  • the method described in the second aspect may further include: sending the first network device of the terminal device to the third network device.
  • the third network device is an anchor network device of the terminal device. In this way, the third network device can forward the first data to the terminal device, thereby avoiding data loss of the terminal device, and further improving the reliability of communication.
  • the method described in the second aspect may further include: sending the first information to the terminal device.
  • the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  • the second I-RNTI is allocated by the first network device or the third network device to the terminal device
  • the second NCC is allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device
  • the third The network device is the anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the method described in the second aspect may further include: sending a context recovery request message to a third network device, and receiving a context recovery response message from the third network device.
  • the third network device may be: an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the context restoration response message may include the first information.
  • the method described in the second aspect may further include: receiving a PDCP status report from the terminal device.
  • the method described in the second aspect may be executed by the first network device, or may be executed by a chip (system) or other components or components provided in the first network device, or may be executed by the first network device including the first network device. This is not limited in this application.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method is applied to the second network device or a chip in the second network device.
  • the method includes: sending the second information to the third network device, thereby receiving the first data from the first network device, so as to send the first data to the terminal device.
  • the second information is used to request the first data of the terminal device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the first network device may reselection for the terminal device to a device corresponding to a cell in which the cell of the second network device resided before.
  • the third network device can instruct the first network device to send the legacy first data to the second network device, so that the terminal device can finally obtain the the first data, thereby avoiding data loss caused by the terminal equipment due to cell reselection, thereby improving the reliability of communication.
  • the method described in the third aspect may further include: receiving a second RRC message from the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may include: the first I-RNTI.
  • the first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated MAC-I.
  • the first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to the cell configuration parameters of the third network device and the first key, the first key may be determined according to the first NCC, and the first NCC may be the third network
  • the second RRC message may include: the second I-RNTI.
  • the second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may further include: a second truncated MAC-I.
  • the second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and a second key, the second key may be determined according to a second NCC, and the second NCC may be the first network The device or the third network device is allocated for the terminal device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the method described in the third aspect may further include: receiving a PDCP status report from the terminal device, and sending the PDCP status report to the third network device, so that the third network device can, according to the PDCP status report, Send data to a terminal device that the terminal device has not received. In this way, not only data loss can be avoided, but also redundant data can be avoided to further improve communication efficiency.
  • sending the PDCP status report to the third network device may include: sending a context recovery request message to the third network device.
  • the context recovery request message may include a PDCP status report.
  • the PDCP status report is sent by multiplexing the context recovery request message, which further reduces resource overhead and further improves communication efficiency.
  • the method described in the third aspect may be executed by the second network device, or may be executed by a chip (system) or other components or components provided in the second network device, or may be executed by the second network device including the second network device. This is not limited in this application.
  • a communication device in a fourth aspect, includes: a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send the first radio resource control RRC message to the first network device.
  • the processing module is used for the communication apparatus to perform reselection from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device. Wherein, the communication device remains in an inactive state.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the second RRC message to the second network device.
  • the second RRC message may include: the first I-RNTI.
  • the first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the communication apparatus.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the communication apparatus.
  • the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated MAC-I.
  • the first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the third network device and the first key.
  • the first key may be determined according to the first NCC.
  • the first NCC is allocated to the communication apparatus by the third network device.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive the first information from the first network device.
  • the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  • the second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the communication apparatus.
  • the second NCC may be allocated to the communication apparatus by the first network device or the third network device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the communication apparatus.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the second RRC message to the second network device.
  • the second RRC message may carry the second I-RNTI and the second truncated MAC-I.
  • the second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and the second key.
  • the second key may be determined according to the second NCC.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive a third RRC message from the second network device.
  • the third RRC message may include: the third I-RNTI and the third NCC.
  • the third I-RNTI and the third NCC may be allocated by the second network device for the communication apparatus.
  • the third I-RNTI may be different from the second I-RNTI, and/or the third NCC may be different from the second NCC; alternatively, the third RRC message instructs the communication apparatus to use the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send a packet data convergence protocol PDCP status report to the second network device.
  • the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is configured to implement the receiving function of the apparatus described in the fourth aspect.
  • the sending module is configured to implement the sending function of the apparatus described in the fourth aspect.
  • the apparatus according to the fourth aspect may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the apparatus can execute the communication method described in the first aspect.
  • the device described in the fourth aspect may be a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be set in the terminal device, or a device including a terminal device. Not limited.
  • a communication device in a fifth aspect, includes: a receiving module.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the first RRC message from the terminal device. Wherein, if the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the RRC message, the terminal device remains in an inactive state.
  • the terminal equipment is reselected from the cell of the communication apparatus to the cell of the second network equipment
  • the apparatus according to the fifth aspect may further include: a sending module.
  • the sending module is configured to send the first data of the terminal device to the second network device.
  • the terminal equipment is reselected from the cell of the communication apparatus to the cell of the second network equipment, and the apparatus according to the fifth aspect may further include: a sending module.
  • the sending module is configured to send the first data of the terminal device to the third network device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the apparatus described in the fifth aspect may further include: a sending module.
  • the sending module is configured to send the first information to the terminal device.
  • the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  • the second I-RNTI may be allocated to the terminal device by the communication apparatus or the third network device.
  • the second NCC may be allocated to the terminal device by the communication apparatus or the third network device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the sending module before the sending module sends the first information to the terminal device, the sending module is further configured to send a context recovery request message to the third network device, and the receiving module is further configured to receive a context recovery response from the third network device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the context restoration response message may include the first information.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the PDCP status report from the terminal device.
  • the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
  • the apparatus of the fifth aspect may further include a processing module.
  • the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the device.
  • the apparatus of the fifth aspect may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the apparatus can execute the method described in the second aspect.
  • the device described in the fifth aspect may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be arranged in the network device, or a device including a network device. Not limited.
  • a communication device in a sixth aspect, includes: a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the sending module is configured to send the second information to the third network device.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the first data from the first network device, so that the sending module sends the first data to the terminal device.
  • the second information is used to request the first data of the terminal device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the first network device may be a device corresponding to a cell in which the terminal device reselection to the cell of the communication apparatus resides before.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the second RRC message from the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may include: the first I-RNTI.
  • the first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated MAC-I.
  • the first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the third network device and a first key, and the first key may be determined according to the first NCC.
  • the first NCC may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may include: the second I-RNTI.
  • the second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may further include: a second truncated MAC-I.
  • the second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and a second key, and the second key may be determined according to the second NCC.
  • the second NCC may be allocated to the terminal device by the first network device or by the third network device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the PDCP status report from the terminal device.
  • the sending module is further configured to send the PDCP status report to the third network device, so that the third network device can send data that the terminal device has not received to the terminal device according to the PDCP status report.
  • the sending module is further configured to send a context recovery request message to the third network device.
  • the context recovery request message may include a PDCP status report.
  • the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
  • the apparatus of the sixth aspect may further include a processing module.
  • the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the device.
  • the apparatus of the sixth aspect may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the apparatus can execute the method described in the third aspect.
  • the device described in the sixth aspect may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be arranged in a network device, or a device including a network device. Not limited.
  • a communication device in a seventh aspect, may comprise means for performing the method as described in the first aspect.
  • the communication apparatus described in the seventh aspect includes corresponding modules, units, or means for implementing the method described in the first aspect, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by The hardware executes the corresponding software implementation.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units for performing the functions involved in the above communication method.
  • a communication device comprising means for performing the method as described in the second aspect or the third aspect.
  • the communication device described in the eighth aspect includes corresponding modules, units, or means for implementing the methods described in the second aspect or the third aspect, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, and software Realize, or execute corresponding software through hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units for performing the functions involved in the above communication method.
  • a communication device may include: a processor and a memory, the processor and the memory are coupled, and the processor is configured to control the apparatus to implement the method as described in the first aspect.
  • the apparatus of the ninth aspect may further include: a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver is used to implement the receiving function of the device
  • the transmitter is used to implement the transmitting function of the device.
  • the transmitter and receiver can also be integrated into one device, such as a transceiver. Wherein, the transceiver is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
  • the device described in the ninth aspect may be a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in the terminal device, or a device including a terminal device, which is not covered in this application. Do limit.
  • a tenth aspect provides a communication device.
  • the apparatus may comprise: a processor and a memory, the processor and the memory being coupled, and the processor is configured to control the apparatus to implement the method as described in the second aspect or the third aspect.
  • the apparatus of the tenth aspect may further include: a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver is used to implement the receiving function of the device
  • the transmitter is used to implement the transmitting function of the device.
  • the transmitter and receiver can also be integrated into one device, such as a transceiver. Wherein, the transceiver is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
  • the device described in the tenth aspect may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in a network device, or a device including a network device, which is not covered in this application. Do limit.
  • a communication device may comprise: a processor and an interface circuit for receiving signals from other communication apparatuses other than the communication apparatus and transmitting to the processor or sending signals from the processor to other communication apparatuses than the communication apparatus
  • An apparatus, a processor, is used to implement the method according to the first aspect by means of logic circuits or executing code instructions.
  • the apparatus of the eleventh aspect may further include: a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver is used to implement the receiving function of the device
  • the transmitter is used to implement the transmitting function of the device.
  • the transmitter and receiver can also be integrated into one device, such as a transceiver. Wherein, the transceiver is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
  • the apparatus of the eleventh aspect may further include a memory, where the memory stores programs or instructions.
  • the processor described in the eleventh aspect executes the program or the instruction, the apparatus can execute the method described in the first aspect.
  • the device described in the eleventh aspect may be a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in the terminal device, or a device including a terminal device. Not limited.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a communication device.
  • the apparatus may comprise: a processor and an interface circuit for receiving signals from other communication apparatuses other than the communication apparatus and transmitting to the processor or sending signals from the processor to other communication apparatuses than the communication apparatus
  • An apparatus, a processor, is used to implement the method according to the second aspect or the third aspect by means of a logic circuit or executing code instructions.
  • the apparatus of the twelfth aspect may further include: a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver is used to implement the receiving function of the device
  • the transmitter is used to implement the transmitting function of the device.
  • the transmitter and receiver can also be integrated into one device, such as a transceiver. Wherein, the transceiver is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
  • the apparatus of the twelfth aspect may further include a memory, where the memory stores programs or instructions.
  • the processor of the twelfth aspect executes the program or the instruction, the apparatus can execute the method of the second aspect or the third aspect.
  • the device described in the twelfth aspect may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in a network device, or a device including a network device. Not limited.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may include a computer program or instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method as described in the first, second or third aspects.
  • a fourteenth aspect provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product may comprise a computer program or instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of the first, second or third aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of state transition of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a deduction process of a key in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application in a first application scenario
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application in a second application scenario
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a second schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a third schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the idle state may be the state in which the terminal device is not connected to the network device.
  • the idle state referred to in this application generally refers to the RRC idle state without special description.
  • the terminal device may perform procedures such as public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) selection, cell selection, cell reselection, and system message broadcasting.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the terminal device because the terminal device is not connected to the network device, does not access the network, does not occupy the service resources of the network device, and does not obtain the context and key of the terminal device, so the service data cannot be transmitted.
  • the connected state may be the state in which the terminal device completes the connection with the network device.
  • the connected state referred to in this application generally refers to the radio resource control RRC connected state unless otherwise specified.
  • the terminal device may obtain the context and the key from the network device, so as to transmit service data by using the context and the key.
  • the terminal device can enter the connected state from the idle state.
  • the terminal device in the idle state, can establish a connection with the network device by sending an RRC message, such as an RRC connection establishment request (RRC concept establish request) message, to the network device.
  • RRC connection establishment request
  • the RRC is connected to enter the connected state.
  • the terminal device can also enter the connected state from the inactive state.
  • the terminal device in the inactive state, can send an RRC message to the network device, such as an RRC resume request (RRC Resume request) message, to resume and RRC connection between network devices, thus entering the connected state.
  • RRC Resume request RRC resume request
  • the terminal device in the connected state, can also be released to the idle state or inactive state according to the RRC message sent by the network device, such as the RRC release message, thereby reducing resource overhead, reducing power consumption, and improving the terminal device. of endurance.
  • the inactive state may be an intermediate state between the connected state and the idle state.
  • the inactive state referred to in this application generally refers to the RRC inactive state without special description, and may also be referred to as the "third state". ".
  • the key can be deleted, but the context is retained, so that it can be quickly restored to the connected state subsequently.
  • the terminal device can perform cell reselection, and can also send an RRC message, such as an RRC recovery request message, to perform early data transmission, so as to reduce resource overhead and improve communication efficiency.
  • the terminal device in the inactive state, can enter the idle state and delete the context after sending an RRC recovery request message, such as receiving an RRC release message.
  • Both terminal equipment and network equipment need to perform key derivation to ensure that the key used for data encryption can be continuously updated to ensure the security of data transmission.
  • the terminal device can perform key deduction by using the algorithm in the context of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may obtain the key K AMF from the core network in advance, use the key K AMF to deduce the initial key K gNB for key deduction, and use the key K AMF and the initial key K gNB to deduce Show the next hop parameter (NH) used for key derivation, referred to here as NH1.
  • the terminal device may associate a preset next hop chaining count (NCC) 0 with a value of 0 with the initial keys K gNB and NH1 respectively.
  • NCC next hop chaining count
  • the terminal device can determine whether the value of the NCC and the above-mentioned NCC0 are the same. If the same, the terminal device performs horizontal deduction according to the initial key K gNB associated with NCC0, otherwise, performs vertical deduction according to NH1 associated with NCC0, thereby determining the latest key. The following describes the process of horizontal deduction and vertical deduction respectively.
  • the terminal device can perform horizontal deduction, that is, according to the initial key K gNB (the initial key K gNB can be considered as K gNB1 ), the physical cell identity of the cell where the terminal device currently resides (physical cell identifier, PCI) and carrier frequency, deduce the key K gNB2 .
  • the pair of K gNB and NH saved by the terminal device can be updated from the initial keys K gNB and NH1 to the keys K gNB2 and NH1, and the association relationship of NCC0 can be updated as: NCC0 is associated with the keys K gNB2 and NH1 respectively .
  • the terminal device can deduce the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key K_UPint according to the key K gNB2 .
  • the key K_Upint and the key K_RRCint can be used for data integrity protection
  • the key K_RRCenc and the key K_UPenc can be used for data encryption.
  • the terminal device receives the above-mentioned NCC0 from the network device again, it can continue to perform horizontal deduction, that is, deduce the key K gNB3 according to the key K gNB2 , the PCI and carrier frequency of the cell where the terminal device currently resides.
  • the pair of K gNB and NH saved by the terminal device can be updated from the keys K gNB2 and NH1 to the keys K gNB3 and NH1, and the association relationship of NCC0 can also be updated as: NCC0 is associated with the keys K gNB3 and NH1 respectively.
  • the terminal device can deduce the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key K_UPint according to the key K gNB3 , and delete the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key K_UPint derived last time , and so on.
  • the terminal device receives the NCC2 from the network device, and the value of the NCC2 is 2, which is different from the value of the NCC0 of 0, the vertical deduction can be performed, that is, the NH2 can be deduced according to the keys KAMF and NH1. And according to the key NH1, the PCI and carrier frequency of the cell where the terminal device currently resides, the key K gNB4 is deduced .
  • the pair of K gNB and NH stored by the terminal device can be updated from the initial keys K gNB and NH1 to the keys K gNB4 and NH4, and the association relationship can also be updated so that NCC2 is associated with the keys K gNB4 and NH2 respectively.
  • the terminal device can deduce the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key K_UPint according to the key K gNB4 .
  • the terminal device After that, if the terminal device receives NCC3 from the network device again, and the value of NCC3 is 3, which is different from the value of NCC2 of 2, it can continue to perform vertical deduction, that is, it can be deduced according to the keys K AMF and NH2. Perform NH3, and deduce the performance key K gNB7 according to NH2, the PCI and carrier frequency of the cell where the terminal device currently resides. In this way, a pair of K gNB and NH saved by the terminal device can be updated from K gNB4 and NH2 to keys K gNB7 and NH3, and the association relationship can also be updated so that NCC3 is associated with keys K gNB7 and NH3 respectively.
  • the terminal device can deduce the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key K_UPint according to the key K gNB7 , and delete the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key that were previously derived K_UPint, and so on.
  • NCC0 can associate the initial key K gNB and NH1 or associate K gNB2 and NH1
  • NCC2 can associate K gNB4 and NH2 or associate K gNB5 and NH2
  • NCC3 can be associated with K gNB7 and NH3 or associated with K gNB8 and NH3. In this way, the terminal device can quickly perform horizontal deduction or vertical deduction according to a pair of NH and K gNB associated with NCC to ensure the deduction efficiency of the key.
  • the terminal device can reselect to another cell from the cell it is currently camping on, such as reselecting to a cell with better signal and completing the camping in the reselected cell.
  • the cell reselection may include intra-site reselection and inter-site reselection. Intra-site reselection refers to terminal equipment reselection from one cell of the same base station to another cell, while inter-site reselection refers to terminal equipment reselection from a cell of one base station to a cell of another base station.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device is in the inactive state and performs cell reselection after sending the RRC message, the terminal device will be released from the inactive state to the idle state, thereby causing data transmission in the inactive state to be interrupted, thereby affecting data transmission. Efficiency and reliability. After the data transmission is interrupted, since the terminal device can only retransmit when it enters the connected state next time, the data transmission delay will also be increased.
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • D2D device-todevie
  • Communication systems Internet of Vehicles communication systems
  • 4th generation (4G) mobile communication systems such as long term evolution (LTE) systems
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5th generation (5G) mobile communication systems such as new radio (NR) systems
  • 6G 6th generation
  • the network architecture and service scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the evolution of the architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system to which the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied.
  • the communication system may include: at least one network device, such as a first network device, a second network device and a third network device, and at least one terminal device.
  • the above-mentioned first network device, second network device and third network device may be collectively referred to as network device, and the network device is located on the network side of the above-mentioned communication system and has a wireless transceiver function or a chip that can be installed in the device. or system-on-chip.
  • the network devices include but are not limited to: access points (APs) in wireless fidelity (WiFi) systems, such as home gateways, routers, servers, switches, bridges, etc., evolved Node B (evolved Node B (eNB), Radio Network Controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), Base Station Controller (BSC), Base Transceiver Station (BTS), Home Base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission and reception point, TRP or transmission point, TP) etc., it can also be 5G, such as a gNB in a new radio (NR) system, or a transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antennas of a base station in a 5G system
  • the panel alternatively, can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband
  • the above-mentioned terminal equipment is a terminal that is connected to the above-mentioned communication system and has a wireless transceiver function, or a chip or a chip system that can be provided in the terminal.
  • the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, User Agent or User Device.
  • UE user equipment
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless device in industrial control Terminal, wireless terminal in unmanned driving, wireless terminal in telemedicine, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, in-vehicle terminal, terminal with terminal Functional RSU et al.
  • the terminal device of the present application may also be an on-board module, on-board module, on-board component, on-board chip or on-board unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units.
  • the vehicle-mounted component, the vehicle-mounted chip or the vehicle-mounted unit can implement the communication method provided in this application.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied between any two, three or four nodes shown in FIG. 3 , such as between a terminal device and a first network device, and the specific implementation can refer to The following method embodiments will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 3 is only a simplified schematic diagram for easy understanding, and the communication system may further include other network devices and/or other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 3 .
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may be performed by a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components in the terminal device, or an apparatus including the terminal device, the first network device, a chip (system) or other components or components in the first network device, or An apparatus including the first network device, a second network device (not shown in FIG. 3 ), a chip (system) or other component or component in the second network device, or an apparatus including the second network device, and a third network
  • the device (not shown in FIG. 3 ), the chip (system) or other components or components in the third network device, or the apparatus including the third network device cooperate and execute, so as to realize the connection between any number of nodes shown in FIG. 3 Communication.
  • terminal equipment terminal equipment, chips (systems) or other components or components in terminal equipment, or devices including terminal equipment
  • terminal equipment terminal equipment
  • terminal equipment the first network equipment, the first network equipment in the first network equipment
  • the chip (system) or other components or components of the second network device, or the device including the first network device” are collectively referred to as “the first network device”, and the “second network device, the chip (system) or other components in the second network device or components, or devices including the second network equipment” are collectively referred to as “second network equipment”, and “third network equipment, chips (systems) or other components or components in third network equipment, or including third network equipment” “devices” are collectively referred to as "third network equipment”.
  • the communication method may include the following steps:
  • a terminal device sends a first radio resource control RRC message to a first network device, and the first network device receives the first RRC message from the terminal device.
  • the first RRC message may be an RRC resume request message (RRC resume request message).
  • RRC resume request message RRC resume request message
  • the first RRC message may be used for the terminal device to transmit the second data in an inactive state.
  • the second data may be data used by the terminal device for early transmission.
  • the terminal device may package the first RRC message and the second data to generate a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) of the media access control sublayer protocol (media access control, MAC) layer, Then, it is sent to the first network device through the physical layer, so as to realize early data transmission.
  • the second data may be included in the first RRC message.
  • the first RRC message may not only be used for the above-mentioned data transmission, but also may be used for the terminal device to request to restore from the inactive state to the connected state.
  • the terminal device may send the first RRC message alone without carrying the second data, so as to request to restore from the inactive state to the connected state.
  • the first RRC message may include: a first inactive wireless network temporary identifier (inactive-radio network temporary identifier, I-RNTI), and a third truncated (short) integrity message authentication code (message authentication code for integrity, MAC-I).
  • I-RNTI active-radio network temporary identifier
  • MAC-I third truncated integrity message authentication code
  • the first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device for the terminal device, which corresponds to the context of the terminal device and indicates that the context is stored in the third network device.
  • the third network device may be a different network device from the first network device, and is the anchor network device of the terminal device, that is, the terminal device is released to the inactive state by the third network device, or the third network device is a terminal device The network device to which the last cell before entering the inactive state belongs.
  • the third truncated MAC-I can be used for security verification. It is calculated by the terminal device using the integrity protection algorithm in the stored security context, the third key and the first related parameters, and the length can be 16 bits. .
  • the above-mentioned third key may be K_RRCint 1 .
  • the above-mentioned first related parameters may include: a radio network temporary identifier (cell radio network temporary identifier, C-RNTI) used by the terminal device when camping on the cell of the third network device, the PCI of the cell of the third network device, the first network The cell identity document (cell-ID) of the cell of the device.
  • the cell of the first network device is the cell where the terminal device currently resides.
  • the terminal device may also camp on or enter the connected state in the cell of the third network device.
  • the third network device may send a fourth RRC message to the terminal device, such as sending an RRC release message.
  • the fourth RRC message may carry the first I-RNTI and the first NCC allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also determine whether the first NCC in the fourth RRC message is associated with a pair of NH and KgNB saved by the terminal device. If associated, the terminal device may retain the KgNB1 for subsequent execution of the horizontal deduction; otherwise, the terminal device may delete the KgNB1 for subsequent execution of the vertical deduction.
  • the terminal device may send the above-mentioned first RRC message to the first network device.
  • the terminal device may start a timer (timer) with a predetermined duration, so that the terminal device can determine whether the data transmission ends or whether to return to the connected state. For example, if the terminal device receives a response message from the first network device before the timing ends, or the terminal device does not receive the response message after the timing ends, it is determined that the data transmission ends or the connection state is restored.
  • the response message may be an RRC release message.
  • the terminal device can also use the algorithm in the context of the terminal device and the first NCC to perform horizontal deduction or vertical deduction, so as to obtain the latest key K gNB2 to derive K_RRCint 2 (the first key K gNB2 ) according to the key K gNB2 ), the key K_RRCenc 2 , the key K_UPenc 2 , and the key K_UPint 2 , and delete the key K_RRCint 1 (the third key) derived last time.
  • the terminal device may continue to retain the first NCC, so that the first NCC can be used in subsequent horizontal deduction.
  • the first network device receives the first RRC message, it can determine that the anchor network device is the third network device according to the first I-RNTI in the first RRC message, so as to send the context recovery to the third network device.
  • a request (retrieve UE context rquest) message for example, a context recovery request message may be sent to the third network device through the Xn interface.
  • the context recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI, the third truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the first network device.
  • the third network device can determine whether there is a context corresponding to the first I-RNTI (the context of the terminal device) according to the context recovery request message, and determine the third truncated MAC-I and the fourth truncated MAC-I Whether the MAC-I is consistent.
  • the fourth truncated MAC-I may be determined by the third network device according to the above-mentioned first relevant parameter and the above-mentioned third key.
  • the third network device determines that there is no context corresponding to the first I-RNTI, and/or the third truncated MAC-I is inconsistent with the fourth truncated MAC-I, it means that the verification fails, and the process of the method ends . If the third network device determines that there is a context corresponding to the first I-RNTI, and the third truncated MAC-I is consistent with the fourth truncated MAC-I, it indicates that the verification is passed. In this way, the third network device can use the algorithm in the context and the first NCC to perform horizontal deduction or vertical deduction to obtain a key corresponding to the first key, and send a context recovery response (retrieve UE) to the first network device context response) message.
  • the key corresponding to the first key may be K gNB2 , or may also be the key K_RRCint 2 (the first key), the key K_RRCenc2 , the key K_UPenc2 and the key K_UPint derived from the K gNB2 2 .
  • the first network device can use the K gNB2 to deduce the key K_RRCint 2 , the key K_RRCenc 2 , the key K_UPenc 2 , and the key K_UPint 2 again.
  • the context recovery response message may carry the corresponding key, the first NCC and the context of the terminal device, so that the first network device can communicate with the terminal device according to the corresponding key, the first NCC and the context of the terminal device.
  • the third network device can send the first data to the first network device, so that the first network device can forward the first data to the terminal device.
  • the first data may be service data of the terminal device received by the third network device from a core network element, such as a user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element.
  • a core network element such as a user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element.
  • the context of the terminal device in the context recovery response message can be returned to the access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) according to the context of the terminal device in the context recovery response message.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the bearer can be changed from “terminal device ⁇ third network device ⁇ UPF network element” ” is modified to “terminal device ⁇ first network device ⁇ UPF network element”, so that the first network device can receive the first data from the terminal device of the core network and forward it to the terminal device.
  • the AFM network element may send a path switch request acknowledgment (path switch request ACK) message to the first network device to inform the first network device that the path switch is completed.
  • path switch request ACK path switch request acknowledgment
  • the first network device receives the path switching request confirmation message from the AMF network element, and the terminal device is still resident in the cell of the first network device, it can send (UE context rlease message) to the third network device, So that the third network device releases the context of the terminal device and the first I-RNTI to save resources; otherwise, it is not necessary to send the terminal device context release message to the third network device, so that the terminal device can be reselected to the second network device (specifically Please refer to the following cell in S402, step 1), the second network device can find the third network device according to the first I-RNTI, and obtain the context of the terminal device from the third network device.
  • the first network device receives the above-mentioned second data, it may send the second data to the UPF network element (not shown in FIG. 4 ) after receiving the path switching request confirmation message.
  • the above content is introduced by taking the inter-site cell reselection as an example, that is, the first network device and the third network device are different network devices, but this is not a limitation.
  • the third network device may receive the above-mentioned first RRC message from the terminal device, and use the above-mentioned first key and the pre-stored context of the terminal device , communicate with the terminal device normally.
  • the terminal device reselects from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device.
  • the terminal device performs cell reselection, such as reselection from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device, before the data transmission ends or is restored to the connected state, the terminal device remains in the inactive state instead of will be released to idle state.
  • the second network device and the first network device may be different network devices.
  • the specific implementation of the terminal device performing cell reselection before the data transmission ends or before returning to the connected state and remains in the inactive state may refer to the following related content in the second implementation scenario.
  • the method may further include: Step 1, the terminal device sends a second RRC message to the second network device, and the second network device sends a second RRC message to the second network device. A second RRC message from the terminal device is received.
  • the second RRC message may be an RRC recovery request message, including: the above-mentioned first I-RNTI and the first truncated MAC-I.
  • the first truncated MAC-I can be used for security verification, and is determined by the terminal device according to the second related parameter and the above-mentioned first key, and the length can also be 16 bits.
  • the above-mentioned second related parameters may include: C-RNTI used by the terminal device when camping on the cell of the first network device, PCI of the cell of the first network device, and cell-ID of the cell of the second network device.
  • the cell of the second network device is the cell where the terminal device currently resides.
  • the second RRC message may be used by the terminal device to transmit third data in an inactive state.
  • the third data may be data used by the terminal device for early transmission, and may be the same as or different from the second data.
  • the terminal device may package the second RRC message and the third data to generate a PDU of the MAC layer, and then send it to the PDU through the physical layer, thereby realizing early data transmission.
  • the third data may also be included in the second RRC message.
  • the second RRC message may not only be used for the above-mentioned data transmission, but also may be used for the terminal device to request to restore from the inactive state to the connected state.
  • the terminal device may send the second RRC message alone without carrying the third data, so as to request to restore from the inactive state to the connected state.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends the second RRC message, it can also use the algorithm in the context of the terminal device and the pre-reserved first NCC to perform horizontal deduction, so as to obtain the key Kg NB3 , which can be deduced according to the key Kg NB3 K_RRCint 3 , key K_RRCenc 3 , key K_UPenc 3 , and key K_UPint 3 , and delete key K_RRCint 2 (first key), key K_RRCenc 2 , key K_UPenc 2 , and key K_UPint 2 from the last derivation .
  • the second network device receives the second RRC message, it can determine that the anchor network device is the third network device according to the first I-RNTI in the second RRC message, so as to send the context recovery to the third network device.
  • a context recovery request message may be sent to the third network device through the Xn interface.
  • the context recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI, the first truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the second network device.
  • the third network device can determine whether there is a context corresponding to the first I-RNTI (the context of the terminal device) according to the context recovery request message, and determine the first truncated MAC-I and the fifth truncated MAC-I Is I consistent.
  • the fifth truncated MAC-I may be determined by the third network device according to the second related parameter and the first key.
  • the third network device determines that the first truncated MAC-I is inconsistent with the fifth truncated MAC-I, it indicates that the verification fails, and the process of the method ends. If the third network device determines that the first truncated MAC-I is consistent with the fifth truncated MAC-I, it indicates that the verification is passed. In this way, the third network device can use the algorithm in the context and the first NCC to perform horizontal deduction to obtain a key corresponding to K_RRCint 3 , and send a context recovery response message to the second network device.
  • the corresponding key may be Kg NB3 , or may also be the key K_RRCint 3 , the key K_RRCenc 3 , the key K_UPenc 3 , and the key K_UPint 3 derived by using the Kg NB3 .
  • the second network device can use the KgNB 3 to deduce the key K_RRCint 3 , the key K_RRCenc 3 , the key K_UPenc 3 and the key K_UPint 3 again.
  • the context recovery response message may carry the corresponding key, the first NCC and the context of the terminal device, so that the second network device can communicate with the terminal device according to the corresponding key, the first NCC and the context of the terminal device.
  • step 1 since the anchor network device after the terminal device performs cell reselection is still the third network device, the resource overhead caused by switching the anchor network device can be avoided, and the communication efficiency can be further improved.
  • the method may further include: step 2, the second network device sends second information to the third network device, and the third The network device receives the second information from the second network device.
  • the second information can be used to request the first data of the terminal device, and can be carried in an address indication (address indication) message, including one or more of the following: the identification of the terminal device, the first address or the second address.
  • the first data may be data obtained by the first network device from the third network device and/or from the core network.
  • the first address may be an address allocated by the second network device for a quality of service (quality of service, QoS) flow of the terminal device
  • the second address may be a data radio bearer (data radio bearer) mapped by the second network device for the QoS flow, DRB) assigned address.
  • the second network device may send the second information to the third network device according to the context in the context recovery response message, for example, may send the second information to the third network device through the Xn interface An address indication message carrying the second information.
  • the third network device may instruct the first network device to send the first data to the second network device according to the second information.
  • the third network device may forward the second information to the second network device, such as forwarding the address indication carrying the second information to the second network device through the Xn interface. information.
  • the second network device can find the corresponding first data according to the identifier of the terminal device in the second information.
  • the first network device may send the data corresponding to the QoS flow in the first data to the second network device according to the first address, and/or send the data corresponding to the DRB in the first data to the second network device according to the second address .
  • the third network device may send the address of the third network device and the identifier of the terminal device to the second network device.
  • the address of the third network device may be an internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address
  • the address and the identifier may be carried in an address indication message
  • the address indication message may be sent to the first network device through the Xn interface.
  • the second network device can find the corresponding first data according to the identifier, and send the first data to the third network device according to the address.
  • the third network can send the data corresponding to the QoS flow in the first data to the sending second network device according to the first address in the second information, and/or, according to the second address in the second indication information, Send the data corresponding to the DRB in the first data to the sending second network device.
  • the second network device receives the first data from the first network device, and sends the first data to the terminal device to implement data retransmission, thereby avoiding data loss.
  • the method may further include: Step 3, the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device, and the terminal The device receives the first information from the first network device.
  • the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  • the second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device, corresponds to the context of the terminal device and indicates that the context is stored in the first network device, and is the same as the above-mentioned first I-RNTI or different.
  • the second NCC may be used for key derivation, is allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device, and is the same as or different from the above-mentioned first NCC.
  • the terminal device After receiving the first information, if the terminal device performs cell reselection before data transmission ends or before returning to the connected state, the terminal device remains in the inactive state.
  • the first information is carried in the RRC release message, and at this time, the first information may further include: indication information.
  • the indication information may be a field, such as a field with a length of one bit, used to instruct the terminal device to store the second I-RNTI and the second NCC after receiving the RRC release message, without terminating the current RRC connection and continuing the current data transfer process.
  • the first information may be generated in two ways, which may be generated by a third network device, or may also be generated by a first network device. They are introduced separately below.
  • the first network device generates
  • the first network device may generate a first message carrying the first information, and send the first message to the terminal device, so as to send the first message to the terminal device.
  • Send the first message can be any of the following: RRC message, such as RRC release message, media access control address control element (media access control address control element, MAC CE) message or downlink control information (downlink control information) , DCI) message.
  • RRC message such as RRC release message, media access control address control element (media access control address control element, MAC CE) message or downlink control information (downlink control information) , DCI) message.
  • the third network device generates
  • the third network device may generate the first information, and send the first information to the first network device carrying the first information
  • the context recovery response message may be directly carried in the context recovery response message, or the first information may be carried in a fifth RRC message, such as an RRC release message, and the fifth RRC message may be further encapsulated in the context recovery response message .
  • the context recovery response message received by the first network device may include the first information or include a fifth RRC message carrying the first information.
  • the first network device can not only obtain the deduced key and the context of the terminal device, but also directly obtain the first information or the fifth RRC message carrying the first information, further reducing resource overhead and further improve communication efficiency.
  • the first network device directly obtains the above-mentioned fifth RRC message from the context recovery response message, it can directly forward the fifth RRC message to the terminal device.
  • the first network device directly obtains the above-mentioned first information from the context recovery response message, it may generate a second message carrying the first information, and send the second message to the terminal device.
  • the second message and the first message may be the same or different messages, and the second message may also be any of the following: an RRC message, such as an RRC release message, a MAC CE message, or a DCI message.
  • the terminal device can continue to remain in the inactive state after reselection to the cell of the second network device.
  • the first network device may, after the first RRC message, for example, end data transmission or return to the connected state. Afterwards, an RRC release message is sent to the terminal device, so as to indicate the end of data transmission or return to the connected state through the I-RNTI and NCC carried in the RRC release message.
  • the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device before the data transmission ends or returns to the connected state, and instructs the terminal device by sending the second I-RNTI and the second NCC in advance.
  • the terminal device can continue to transmit data according to the second I-RNTI and the second NCC obtained in advance before and after performing cell reselection, so as to effectively improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the first network device may still send an RRC release message to the terminal device according to the existing protocol flow after data transmission ends or after the data transmission is restored to the connected state, so as to Indicates that the data transfer is over or the connection state has been restored.
  • the above implementation manner in which the terminal device is kept in the inactive state is based on the message indication as an example, but it is not limited.
  • the terminal device can also be automatically kept in the inactive state in a way predefined by the protocol, without the need for a network device. give instructions.
  • the method may further include: Step 4, the terminal device sends a second RRC message to the second network device, and the second network device A second RRC message from the terminal device is received.
  • the second RRC message may include: the above-mentioned second I-RNTI and the second truncated MAC-I.
  • the second truncated MAC-I may be determined by the terminal device according to the above-mentioned second related parameters and the second key, and the length may be 16 bits.
  • the second key may be determined by the terminal device according to the second NCC in the first information and the algorithm in the context of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may use the algorithm in the context of the terminal device and the second NCC to execute the level of or vertical deduction, so as to obtain the key Kg NB4 to deduce K_RRCint 4 (the second key), the key K_RRCenc 4 , the key K_UPenc 4 and the key K_UPint 4 according to the key Kg NB4 , and delete the last deduction key K_RRCint 2 (first key), key K_RRCenc 2 , key K_UPenc 2 and key K_UPint 2 .
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends the second RRC message, it can also perform horizontal deduction by using the context of the terminal device and the second NCC, so as to obtain the key Kg NB5 , so as to deduce K_RRCint 5 , the key K_RRCenc 5 , the key K_RRCenc 5 , key K_UPenc 5 and key K_UPint 5 , and delete K_RRCint 4 (second key), key K_RRCenc 4 , key K_UPenc 4 and key K_UPint 4 .
  • the second network device may determine that the anchor network device is the first network device according to the second I-RNTI in the second RRC message. In this way, the first network device may send a context recovery request message to the first network device, such as sending a context recovery request message to the first network device through the Xn interface.
  • the context recovery request message may carry the second I-RNTI, the second truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the second network device.
  • the first network device can determine whether there is a context corresponding to the second I-RNTI (the context of the terminal device) according to the context recovery request message, and determine the second truncated MAC-I and the sixth truncated MAC-I Is I consistent.
  • the sixth truncated MAC-I may be determined by the first network device according to the above-mentioned second related parameters and the second key, and the second key may be determined by the first network device according to the algorithm in the context of the terminal device and the second key. 2. NCC determined.
  • the first network device determines that there is no context corresponding to the second I-RNTI, and/or the second truncated MAC-I is inconsistent with the sixth truncated MAC-I, it means that the verification fails, and the process of the method ends. . If the first network device determines that there is a context corresponding to the second I-RNTI, and the second truncated MAC-I is consistent with the sixth truncated MAC-I, it indicates that the verification is passed. In this way, the first network device may also perform horizontal deduction by using the context and the second NCC to obtain a key corresponding to K_RRCint 5 , and send a context recovery response message to the second network device.
  • the key corresponding to K_RRCint 5 may be K gNB5 , or the key K_RRCint 5 , the key K_RRCenc 5 , the key K_UPenc 5 , and the key K_UPint 5 derived by using the K gNB5 .
  • the second network device can use the K gNB5 to deduce the key K_RRCint 5 , the key K_RRCenc 5 , the key K_UPenc 5 and the key K_UPint 5 again.
  • the context recovery response message may carry the corresponding key, the second NCC and the context of the terminal device, so that the second network device can communicate with the terminal device according to the corresponding key, the second NCC and the context of the terminal device.
  • the first network device stores the fourth data of the terminal device, after the verification is passed, the first network device can send the fourth data to the second network device, so that the second network device can forward the fourth data to the terminal device.
  • the fourth data may be service data of the terminal device received by the first network device from a core network element, such as a UPF network element, and may be the same or different data from the above-mentioned first data.
  • the second network device receives the context recovery response message from the third network device, it can send a path switching request message to the AMF network element according to the context of the terminal device in the context recovery response message.
  • the AMF network element can modify the bearer on the UPF network element according to the path switching request message. For example, the bearer is changed from "terminal device ⁇ first network device ⁇ UPF network element" to "terminal device ⁇ second network device” ⁇ UPF network element", so that the second network device can receive the fourth data from the terminal device of the core network and forward it to the terminal device.
  • the AMF network element may send a path switching request confirmation message to the second network device to inform the second network device that the path switching is completed.
  • the anchor network device of the terminal device is changed from the first network device to the second network device.
  • the second network device may send the third data to the UPF network element after receiving the confirmation of the path switching request.
  • the content in step 4 is introduced by taking the inter-site cell reselection as an example, that is, the first network device and the second network device are different network devices, but this is not a limitation.
  • the terminal device performs cell reselection in the station of the first network device
  • the first network device may receive the above-mentioned second RRC message from the terminal device, and use the above-mentioned key and the pre-stored context of the terminal device and the terminal device Normal communication without requesting the context of the end device from other network devices.
  • the method may further include: step 5, the second network device sends a third RRC message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the third RRC message. A third RRC message from the second network device.
  • the third RRC message may be an RRC release message, which is used to indicate the end of data transmission or the connection state has been restored, and also used to indicate which pair of I-RNTI and NCC the terminal device uses.
  • the third RRC message may include: the third I-RNTI and the third NCC. Both the third I-RNTI and the third NCC may be allocated by the second network device to the terminal device. Wherein, if the third I-RNTI is the same as the second I-RNTI, the terminal device may be instructed to use the second I-RNTI; or, if the third I-RNTI is different from the second I-RNTI, the terminal device may be instructed to use the second I-RNTI Third I-RNTI. Wherein, if the third NCC is the same as the second NCC, the terminal device may be instructed to use the second NCC; or, if the third NCC is different from the second NCC, the terminal device may be instructed to use the third NCC.
  • the terminal device can be flexibly instructed to update or continue to use the original I-RNTI and/or NCC according to the actual application scenario. For example, if communication security needs to be guaranteed, the terminal device is instructed to use the updated I-RNTI and NCC. For another example, if the resource overhead needs to be reduced, the terminal device is instructed to use the original I-RNTI and NCC to avoid the resource overhead caused by updating the I-RNTI and/or NCC.
  • the method may further include: Step 6, the terminal device sends a packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) to the second network device. Status report, the second network device receives the PDCP status report from the terminal device.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the PDCP status report records data that the terminal device has not received.
  • the terminal device can package and send the RRC message, such as the second RRC message, with the PDCP status report, thereby reducing signaling overhead and further improving communication efficiency.
  • the terminal device can also send the PDCP status report to the second network device independently, so as to realize more flexible sending.
  • the data received by the terminal device corresponds to different. Therefore, the following describes how the second network device processes the PDCP status report in combination with the first and second implementation scenarios described above.
  • the second network device may forward the PDCP status report to the third network device.
  • the second network device may send a context recovery request message including the PDCP status report to the third network device, or may send an address indication message including the PDCP status report to the third network device to implement signaling multiplexing , further reducing resource overhead and further improving communication efficiency.
  • the second network device may also send the PDCP status report to the third network device independently, so as to realize more flexible sending.
  • the third network device may continue to forward the PDCP status report to the first network device, so that the first network device can, according to the PDCP status report, For example, according to the FMC field and the bitmap (Bitmap) field in the PDCP status report, the data that is not received by the terminal device in the first data is sent to the second network device or the third network device.
  • the PDCP status report For example, according to the FMC field and the bitmap (Bitmap) field in the PDCP status report, the data that is not received by the terminal device in the first data is sent to the second network device or the third network device.
  • the second network device may directly forward the unreceived data to the terminal device. If the first network device sends the unreceived data to the third network device, the third network device may first forward the unreceived data to the second network device, so that the second network device can then forward the unreceived data to the terminal device data.
  • the third network device may save the PDCP status report, so that the third network device can save the PDCP status report after receiving the first network device from the first network device.
  • the unreceived data can be directly sent to the terminal device according to the PDCP status report.
  • the second network device may send, according to the PDCP status report, data that is not received by the terminal device in the fourth data to the terminal device.
  • the above-mentioned fourth data may be data obtained by the second network device from the first network device and/or from the core network.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method in a first application scenario.
  • the UE is the above-mentioned terminal equipment
  • the first gNB is the above-mentioned first network equipment
  • the second gNB is the above-mentioned second network equipment
  • the second gNB is the above-mentioned third network equipment.
  • the equipment suitable for the first application scenario may also include one or more of the following: a UPF network element, an AMF network element, and a policy control function (PCF) network element (Fig.
  • PCF policy control function
  • a session management function (SMF) network element (not shown in Figure 5), a session management function (SMF) network element (not shown in Figure 5), a unified data repository (unified data repository, UDR) network element (not shown in Figure 5), Unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element (not shown in FIG. 5 ), etc.
  • the AMF network element may also be correspondingly replaced with a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) network element and the UPF network element may also be correspondingly replaced with a serving gateway (serving gateway, S-GW) network element, which is not limited.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • serving gateway serving gateway
  • the communication method may include:
  • the third gNB sends a first RRC release message to the UE, and the third gNB receives the first RRC release message from the UE.
  • the first RRC release message may carry the above-mentioned first I-RNTI and the first NCC, and the third gNB is the anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the UE is released from the connected state to the inactive state.
  • the UE can retain its own context and key K_RRCint1.
  • the UE reselects from the cell of the third gNB to the cell of the first gNB.
  • the UE remains in the inactive state after reselecting to the cell of the first gNB.
  • the UE sends a first RRC recovery request message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first RRC recovery request message from the UE.
  • the first RRC recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI and the third truncated MAC-I.
  • the third truncated MAC-I may be determined by the UE according to the cell configuration parameters of the third gNB and the key K_RRCint1.
  • the UE determines the key K_RRCint2.
  • the first gNB sends a first context recovery request message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the first context recovery request message from the first gNB.
  • the first context recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI, the third truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the first gNB.
  • the execution order of S505 and S506 is not limited.
  • the third gNB determines the key corresponding to the UE.
  • the specific implementation of determining the corresponding key by the third gNB may refer to the relevant content in the above S401, which will not be repeated here.
  • the third gNB sends a first context recovery response message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first context recovery response message from the third gNB.
  • the first context recovery response message may carry the context of the UE and the key determined in S507.
  • the first gNB sends a first address indication message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the first address indication message from the first gNB.
  • the third gNB sends the first downlink data to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first downlink data from the third gNB.
  • the first gNB sends the first downlink data to the UE.
  • S510-S511 are optional steps. If the third gNB obtains the first downlink data in advance, such as receiving the first downlink data from the core network in advance, S510-S511 may be performed, otherwise, S510-S511 may not be performed.
  • the first gNB sends a first path switching request message to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element modifies the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element.
  • the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element may be changed from "UE ⁇ third gNB ⁇ UPF network element" to "UE ⁇ first gNB ⁇ UPF network element".
  • the first gNB receives the first path switching request confirmation message sent from the AMF network element.
  • the first gNB sends the first uplink data to the UPF network element.
  • S515 is an optional step. If the UE multiplexes the first RRC recovery request message to send the first uplink data to the first gNB in S504, the first gNB can perform S515; otherwise, it is not necessary to perform S515.
  • the first gNB receives the second downlink data from the UPF network element.
  • the first gNB sends the second downlink data to the UE.
  • S516-S517 are optional steps. If the UPF network element receives the second downlink data from the core network, S516-S517 may be executed, otherwise, S516-S517 may not be executed. In addition, the execution order of S509-S511 and S512-S517 is not limited, and the execution order of S515 and S516 is also not limited.
  • the UE reselects from the cell of the first gNB to the cell of the second gNB.
  • the UE may remain in the inactive state after reselection to the cell of the second gNB according to the procedure predefined in the protocol.
  • the execution order of S518 and S505-S517 is not limited.
  • the first gNB may execute S511 and/or S517; if the UE executes S518 before S511 and/or S517, because the UE is no longer in the first gNB A cell of a gNB camps on, so the first gNB cannot perform S511 and/or S517.
  • the UE sends a second RRC recovery request message to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the second RRC recovery request message from the UE.
  • the second RRC recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI and the first truncated MAC-I.
  • the first truncated MAC-I may be determined by the UE according to the cell configuration parameters of the first gNB and the key K_RRCint2.
  • the UE sends a PDCP status report to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the PDCP status report from the UE.
  • S520 is an optional step. For example, if the amount of data needs to be reduced to ensure communication efficiency, S520 may be executed. For another example, if data loss needs to be avoided to ensure communication reliability, S520 may not be performed.
  • the UE determines the key K_RRCint3.
  • the second gNB sends a second context recovery request message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the second context recovery request message from the second gNB.
  • the second context recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI, the first truncated MAC-I and the PCI of the cell of the second gNB.
  • the execution order of S521 and S522 is not limited.
  • the second gNB sends a PDCP status report to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the PDCP status report from the second gNB.
  • S523 is an optional step. According to the above S520, if the UE executes S520, the second gNB correspondingly executes S523; otherwise, the second gNB may not execute S523.
  • the third gNB determines the key corresponding to the UE.
  • the third gNB sends a second context recovery response message to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the second context recovery response message from the third gNB.
  • the second context recovery response message may carry the context of the UE and the key determined in S523.
  • the second gNB sends the second address indication message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the second address indication message from the second gNB.
  • the second address indication message may carry the identifier of the UE, the above-mentioned first address and the above-mentioned second address.
  • S519, S521, S522, S524 and S525 can refer to the above step 1
  • the specific implementation of S520, S523 and S526 can refer to the relevant content in the above step 6, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first downlink data and the second downlink data on the first gNB can be sent by the first gNB to the second gNB, or can also be sent by the third gNB to the second gNB.
  • the second gNB sends. They are introduced separately below.
  • the specific process for the first gNB to send downlink data to the second gNB may include the following S527-S529:
  • the third gNB sends the second address indication message to the first gNB, and the second gNB receives the second address indication message from the third gNB.
  • the third gNB sends a PDCP status report to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the PDCP status report from the third gNB.
  • S528 is an optional step. According to the above S523, if the second gNB executes S523, the third gNB correspondingly executes S528; otherwise, the third gNB may not execute S528.
  • the first gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the second gNB, or sends the third downlink data that is not received by the terminal device in the first downlink data and the second downlink data; the second gNB receives the The first downlink data and the second downlink data of the first gNB, or receive the third downlink data.
  • the first gNB can send the third downlink data to the second gNB; otherwise, the first gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the second gNB.
  • the specific process of the third gNB sending downlink data to the second gNB may include the following S530-S533:
  • the third gNB sends a third address indication message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the third address indication message from the third gNB.
  • the third address indication message may carry the identity of the UE and the address of the third gNB.
  • the third gNB sends a PDCP status report to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the PDCP status report from the third gNB.
  • S531 is an optional step. For example, if the amount of data needs to be reduced to ensure communication efficiency, S531 may be executed. For another example, if data loss needs to be avoided to ensure communication reliability, S531 may not be performed.
  • the first gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the third gNB, or sends the third downlink data; the third gNB receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the first gNB, Or, the above-mentioned third downlink data is received.
  • the third gNB can directly receive the third downlink data; otherwise, the third gNB receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data.
  • the third gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the second gNB, or sends the third downlink data; the second gNB receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the third gNB, Or, the above-mentioned third downlink data is received.
  • the third gNB can send the above-mentioned third downlink data to the second gNB, otherwise, the third gNB sends the above-mentioned third downlink data to the second gNB.
  • the gNB sends the above-mentioned first downlink data and second downlink data.
  • the second gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the UE, or sends the third downlink data; the UE receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the second gNB, or receives the above-mentioned third downlink data; The third downstream data.
  • the second gNB can send the third downlink data to the UE, otherwise, the second gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the UE .
  • the second gNB sends a second path switching request message to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element modifies the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element.
  • the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element may be modified from "UE ⁇ first gNB ⁇ UPF network element" to "UE ⁇ second gNB ⁇ UPF network element”.
  • the second gNB receives the second path switching request confirmation message sent from the AMF network element.
  • the second gNB sends an RRC release message to the UE, and the UE receives the RRC release message from the second gNB.
  • S534 and S535-S537 is not limited.
  • S534 reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 6, and for the specific implementation of the S535-S538, reference may be made to the foregoing S401 and the relevant content in the step 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of the communication method in the second application scenario.
  • the UE is the above-mentioned terminal equipment
  • the first gNB is the above-mentioned first network equipment
  • the second gNB is the above-mentioned second network equipment
  • the second gNB is the above-mentioned third network equipment.
  • the equipment suitable for the first application scenario may also include one or more of the following: AMF network element, UPF network element, UPF network element, and AMF network element (not shown in FIG. 6 ) ), PCF network element (not shown in Figure 6), SMF network element (not shown in Figure 6), UDR network element (not shown in Figure 6), UDM network element (not shown in Figure 6), etc. .
  • the flow of the communication method may include:
  • the third gNB sends a first RRC release message to the UE, and the third gNB receives the first RRC release message from the UE.
  • the first RRC release message may carry the above-mentioned first I-RNTI and the first NCC, and the third gNB is the anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the UE is released from the connected state to the inactive state.
  • the UE can retain its own context and key K_RRCint1.
  • the UE reselects from the cell of the third gNB to the cell of the first gNB.
  • the UE remains in the inactive state after reselecting to the cell of the first gNB.
  • the UE sends a first RRC recovery request message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first RRC recovery request message from the UE.
  • the first RRC recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI and the third truncated MAC-I.
  • the third truncated MAC-I may be determined by the UE according to the cell configuration parameters of the third gNB and the key K_RRCint1.
  • the UE determines the key K_RRCint2.
  • the first gNB sends the first context recovery request message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the first context recovery request message from the first gNB.
  • the third gNB determines the key corresponding to the UE.
  • the first context recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI, the third truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the first gNB.
  • the execution order of S605 and S606 is not limited.
  • S601-S607 reference may be made to the relevant content in the above-mentioned S401, which will not be repeated here.
  • the above-mentioned first information can be generated in two ways, which can be generated by the third gNB, or can also be generated by the first gNB. They are introduced separately below.
  • the specific process of generating the above-mentioned first information by the first gNB may include the following S608-S609:
  • the third gNB generates the above-mentioned first information.
  • the execution order of S607 and S608 is not limited.
  • the third gNB sends a first context recovery response message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first context recovery response message from the third gNB.
  • the first context recovery response message may carry the context of the UE, the first information determined in S608, and the key determined in S607.
  • S608-S609 reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • the specific process of generating the above-mentioned first information by the second gNB may include the following S610-S611:
  • the first gNB generates the above-mentioned first information.
  • the above-mentioned first information may include the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  • the execution order of S610 and S607 is not limited.
  • the third gNB sends a first context recovery response message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first context recovery response message from the third gNB.
  • the first context recovery response message may carry the context of the UE and the key determined in S607.
  • S610-S611 reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first gNB sends a first RRC release message to the UE.
  • the first RRC release message may carry the first information.
  • S612 reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first gNB sends the first address indication message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the first address indication message from the first gNB.
  • the third gNB sends the first downlink data to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first downlink data from the third gNB.
  • S614 is an optional step. If the third gNB obtains the first downlink data in advance, such as receiving the first downlink data from the core network in advance, S614 may be performed, otherwise, S614 may not be performed.
  • the first gNB sends a first path switching request message to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element modifies the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element.
  • the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element may be changed from "UE ⁇ third gNB ⁇ UPF network element" to "UE ⁇ first gNB ⁇ UPF network element".
  • the first gNB receives the first path switching request confirmation message sent from the AMF network element.
  • the first gNB sends a second RRC release message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the second RRC release message from the first gNB.
  • the first gNB receives the second downlink data from the UPF network element.
  • the execution order of S612 and S613-S619 is not limited, and the execution order of S613-S614 and S615-S619 is also not limited.
  • the first gNB sends the first uplink data to the UPF network element.
  • S619 and S620 are not limited.
  • S619 is an optional step. If the UPF network element receives the second downlink data from the core network, S619 may be executed, otherwise, S619 may not be executed.
  • S620 is also an optional step. If the UE multiplexes the first RRC recovery request message in S604 to send the first uplink data to the first gNB, the first gNB can perform S620; otherwise, it is unnecessary to perform S620.
  • S613-S620 reference may be made to the relevant content in the above-mentioned S401, which will not be repeated here.
  • the UE reselects from the cell of the first gNB to the cell of the second gNB.
  • the UE may, according to the indication of the first information, remain in the inactive state after reselecting to the cell of the second gNB.
  • the UE sends a second RRC recovery request message to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the second RRC recovery request message from the UE.
  • the second RRC recovery request message may carry the above-mentioned second I-RNTI and the second truncated MAC-I.
  • the second truncated MAC-I may be determined by the UE according to the cell configuration parameters of the second gNB and the key K_RRCint4.
  • the UE sends a PDCP status report to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the PDCP status report from the UE.
  • S623 is an optional step. For example, if the amount of data needs to be reduced to ensure communication efficiency, S623 may be executed. For another example, if data loss needs to be avoided to ensure communication reliability, S623 may not be performed.
  • the UE determines the key K_RRCint5.
  • the second gNB sends a second context recovery request message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the second context recovery request message from the second gNB.
  • the second context recovery request message may carry the second I-RNTI, the second truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the second gNB.
  • the execution order of S624 and S625 is not limited.
  • the second gNB sends a PDCP status report to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the PDCP status report from the second gNB.
  • S626 is an optional step. According to the above S623, if the UE executes S623, the second gNB correspondingly executes S626; otherwise, the second gNB may not execute S626.
  • the first gNB determines the key corresponding to the UE.
  • the first gNB sends a second context recovery response message to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the second context recovery response message from the first gNB.
  • the second context recovery response message may carry the context of the UE and the key determined in S627.
  • the second gNB sends a second address indication message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first address indication message from the second gNB.
  • the second address indication message may carry the identifier of the UE, the above-mentioned first address and the above-mentioned second address.
  • the first gNB sends the first downlink data and/or the second downlink data to the second gNB, or sends the third downlink data in the first downlink data and the second downlink data that is not received by the terminal device; the first gNB Receive the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the second NB, or receive the third downlink data.
  • the second gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the UE, or sends the third downlink data; the UE receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the second NB, or receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the second NB.
  • S630-S631 are optional steps. If S614 and/or S619 are executed as described above, then S630-S631 may continue to be executed, otherwise, S630-S631 may not be executed.
  • the specific implementation of S623, S626, and S629-S631 can refer to the relevant content in the above-mentioned step 6, and the specific implementation of S622, S624, S625, S627, and S628 can refer to the relevant content in the above-mentioned step 4, which is not repeated here. Repeat.
  • the second gNB sends a second path switching request message to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element modifies the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element.
  • the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element may be modified from "UE ⁇ first gNB ⁇ UPF network element" to "UE ⁇ second gNB ⁇ UPF network element”.
  • the second gNB receives the second path switching request confirmation message sent from the AMF network element.
  • the second gNB sends a second RRC release message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the second RRC release message from the second gNB.
  • the second gNB sends a third RRC release message to the UE, and the UE receives the second RRC release message from the third gNB.
  • S629-S631 and S632-S635 are not limited.
  • S632-S635 reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 4
  • S636 reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device since the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the first RRC message to the first network device, it can still remain in the inactive state, so that the terminal device is in the cell After reselection, data can still be directly transmitted in the inactive state, so as to improve the efficiency and reliability of data transmission.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 .
  • a communication apparatus for executing the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 7 to 8 .
  • FIG. 7 is a first structural schematic diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 700 may include: a processing module 701 and a transceiver module 702 .
  • FIG. 7 only shows the main components of the communication device 700 .
  • the communication apparatus 700 can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the communication method shown in FIG. 4 , or to perform the functions shown in FIGS. 5-6 .
  • the transceiver module 702 is configured to send the first radio resource control RRC message to the first network device.
  • the processing module 701 is used for the communication apparatus to perform reselection from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device. Wherein, the communication device remains in an inactive state.
  • the transceiver module 702 is further configured to send the second RRC message to the second network device.
  • the second RRC message may include: the first I-RNTI.
  • the first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the communication apparatus.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the communication apparatus.
  • the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated MAC-I.
  • the first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the third network device and the first key.
  • the first key may be determined according to the first NCC.
  • the first NCC is allocated to the communication apparatus by the third network device.
  • the transceiver module 702 is further configured to receive the first information from the first network device.
  • the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  • the second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the communication apparatus.
  • the second NCC may be allocated to the communication apparatus by the first network device or the third network device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the communication apparatus.
  • the transceiver module 702 is further configured to send the second RRC message to the second network device.
  • the second RRC message may carry the second I-RNTI and the second truncated MAC-I.
  • the second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and the second key.
  • the second key may be determined according to the second NCC.
  • the transceiver module 702 is further configured to receive a third RRC message from the second network device.
  • the third RRC message may include: the third I-RNTI and the third NCC.
  • the third I-RNTI and the third NCC may be allocated by the second network device for the communication apparatus.
  • the third I-RNTI may be different from the second I-RNTI, and/or the third NCC may be different from the second NCC; alternatively, the third RRC message instructs the communication apparatus to use the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  • the transceiver module 702 is further configured to send a PDCP status report to the second network device.
  • the transceiver module 702 may include a receiving module and a transmitting module (not shown in FIG. 7 ).
  • the receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device 700
  • the transmitting module is used to implement the transmitting function of the communication device 700 .
  • the communication apparatus 700 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 7 ), where the storage module stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module 701 executes the program or instruction, the communication apparatus 700 can perform the function of the terminal device in the communication method shown in FIG. 4 and the function of the UE in the communication method shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 6 .
  • the processing module 701 involved in the communication device 700 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit;
  • the transceiver module 702 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver module Receiver or Transceiver Unit.
  • the communication device 700 may be a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in the terminal device, or a device including a terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a second schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 800 may include: a receiving module 801 and a sending module 802 .
  • FIG. 8 only shows the main components of the communication device 800 .
  • the communication apparatus 800 may be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 to perform the function of the first network device in the communication method shown in FIG. The function of gNB1 in the communication method shown.
  • the receiving module 801 is configured to receive the first RRC message from the terminal device. Wherein, if the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the RRC message, the terminal device remains in an inactive state.
  • the terminal device is reselected from the cell of the communication apparatus to the cell of the second network device, and the sending module 802 is configured to send the first data of the terminal device to the second network device.
  • the terminal device is reselected from the cell of the communication apparatus to the cell of the second network device, and the sending module 802 is configured to send the first data of the terminal device to the third network device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the sending module 802 is configured to send the first information to the terminal device.
  • the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  • the second I-RNTI may be allocated to the terminal device by the communication apparatus or the third network device.
  • the second NCC may be allocated to the terminal device by the communication apparatus or the third network device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the sending module 802 before the sending module 802 sends the first information to the terminal device, the sending module 802 is further configured to send a context recovery request message to the third network device, and the sending module 801 is further configured to receive a message from the third network device.
  • Context recovery response message The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the context restoration response message may include the first information.
  • the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive the PDCP status report from the terminal device.
  • the receiving module 801 and the sending module 802 may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module (not shown in FIG. 8 ).
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and the receiving function of the communication device 800 .
  • the communication apparatus 800 may further include a processing module 803 (shown with a dashed box in FIG. 8 ).
  • the processing module 803 is used to implement the processing function of the communication device 800 .
  • the communication apparatus 800 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 8 ), where the storage module stores programs or instructions.
  • the communication apparatus 800 can perform the function of the first network device in the communication method shown in FIG. 4 and the function of gNB1 in the communication method shown in FIG. 5-FIG. 6 . .
  • the processing module 803 involved in the communication apparatus 800 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit;
  • the transceiver module may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver or transceiver unit.
  • the communication device 800 may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in the network device, or a device including a network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the communication apparatus 800 may be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 to perform the function of the second network device in the communication method shown in FIG. 4 , or to perform the functions of the second network device in the communication method shown in FIG. The functions of gNB2 in the communication method shown.
  • the sending module 802 is configured to send the second information to the third network device.
  • the receiving module 801 is configured to receive the first data from the first network device, so that the sending module 802 sends the first data to the terminal device.
  • the second information is used to request the first data of the terminal device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the first network device may be a device corresponding to a cell in which the terminal device reselection to the cell of the communication apparatus resides before.
  • the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive the second RRC message from the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may include: the first I-RNTI.
  • the first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated MAC-I.
  • the first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the third network device and a first key, and the first key may be determined according to the first NCC.
  • the first NCC may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may include: the second I-RNTI.
  • the second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device.
  • the second RRC message may further include: a second truncated MAC-I.
  • the second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and a second key, and the second key may be determined according to the second NCC.
  • the second NCC may be allocated to the terminal device by the first network device or by the third network device.
  • the third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  • the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive the PDCP status report from the terminal device.
  • the sending module is further configured to send the PDCP status report to the third network device, so that the third network device can send data that the terminal device has not received to the terminal device according to the PDCP status report.
  • the sending module 802 is further configured to send a context recovery request message to the third network device.
  • the context recovery request message may include a PDCP status report.
  • the receiving module 801 and the sending module 802 may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module (not shown in FIG. 8 ).
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and the receiving function of the communication device 800 .
  • the communication apparatus 800 may further include a processing module 803 (shown with a dashed box in FIG. 8 ).
  • the processing module 803 is used to implement the processing function of the communication device 800 .
  • the communication apparatus 800 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 8 ), where the storage module stores programs or instructions.
  • the communication apparatus 800 can perform the function of the second network device in the communication method shown in FIG. 4 and the function of gNB2 in the communication method shown in FIG. 5-FIG. 6 .
  • the processing module 803 involved in the communication apparatus 800 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit;
  • the transceiver module may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver or transceiver unit.
  • the communication device 800 may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in the network device, or a device including a network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or a network device, or may be a chip (system) or other components or assemblies that can be provided in the terminal device or the network device.
  • the communication apparatus 900 may include a processor 901 .
  • the communication device 900 may further include a memory 902 and/or a transceiver 903 .
  • the processor 901 is coupled with the memory 902 and the transceiver 903, such as can be connected through a communication bus.
  • Each component of the communication device 900 will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 9 :
  • the processor 901 is the control center of the communication device 900, which may be one processor or a general term for multiple processing elements.
  • the processor 901 is one or more central processing units (central processing units, CPUs), may also be a specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or is configured to implement one or more of the embodiments of the present application
  • An integrated circuit such as: one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA).
  • the processor 901 may execute various functions of the communication device 900 by running or executing software programs stored in the memory 902 and calling data stored in the memory 902 .
  • the processor 901 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the communication apparatus 900 may also include multiple processors, for example, the processor 901 and the processor 904 shown in FIG. 9 .
  • processors can be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU).
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the memory 902 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled and executed by the processor 901.
  • the memory 902 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled and executed by the processor 901.
  • the processor 901. For the specific implementation, reference may be made to the above method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • memory 902 may be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types of static storage devices that can store information and instructions.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • Other types of dynamic storage devices for instructions which may also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), or other optical disks storage, optical disc storage (including compact disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or capable of carrying or storing desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory 902 may be integrated with the processor 901, or may exist independently, and be coupled to the processor 901 through an interface circuit (not shown in FIG. 9) of the communication device 900, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver 903 is used for communication with other communication devices.
  • the communication apparatus 900 is a terminal device, and the transceiver 903 may be used to communicate with a network device or communicate with another terminal device.
  • the data communication apparatus 900 is a network device, and the transceiver 903 can be used to communicate with a terminal device or communicate with another network device.
  • transceiver 903 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not shown separately in FIG. 9). Among them, the receiver is used to realize the receiving function, and the transmitter is used to realize the sending function.
  • the transceiver 903 may be integrated with the processor 901, or may exist independently, and be coupled to the processor 901 through an interface circuit (not shown in FIG. 9 ) of the communication device 900, which is not made in this embodiment of the present application Specific restrictions.
  • the structure of the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device, and an actual communication device may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or combine some components, or Different component arrangements.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, which may include: a processor, where the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory is used for storing a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the processor causes the The chip system implements the method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the number of processors in the chip system may be one or more.
  • the processor can be implemented by hardware or by software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor implemented by reading software codes stored in memory.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory processor, such as a read-only memory ROM, which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be provided on different chips.
  • the setting method of the processor is not particularly limited.
  • the system-on-chip may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), It can also be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller).
  • controller unit, MCU it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication system.
  • the communication system may include one or more terminal devices described above, and one or more network devices.
  • the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), special integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Fetch memory
  • direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware (eg, circuits), firmware, or any other combination.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product may comprise one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • At least one means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more.
  • At least one item(s) below” or its similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, which may include any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s).
  • at least one item (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c may be single or multiple .
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, which can Several instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium may include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or CD, etc. that can store program codes. medium.

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and apparatus, being able to solve the problem that a terminal device performs cell reselection after sending a radio resource control (RRC) message and releases from an inactive state to an idle state, thereby effectively reducing a data transmission delay, and improving data transmission efficiency and reliability. The invention is applicable to a 4G or 5G communication system, such as LTE and NR. Said method comprises: sending a first RRC message to a first network device (S401), and reselecting a cell of a second network device from a cell of a first network device (S402), wherein the terminal device remains in an inactive state.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication method and device 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
在第五代(the 5th generation,5G)通信系统中,终端设备存在三种无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)状态,分别为RRC连接(RRC-connected)态、RRC空闲(RRC-idle)态和RRC非激活(inactive)态。In the 5th generation (5G) communication system, there are three radio resource control (RRC) states for terminal equipment, which are RRC-connected state and RRC-idle state. state and RRC inactive state.
其中,连接态的终端设备可以和网络设备,如与基站(basic station,BS)进行数据传输,而非激活态的终端设备想要与网络设备进行数据传输时,需要先完成多次信息交互以进入连接态。也就是说,非激活态的终端设备需要先进入连接态,进而与网络设备进行数据传输。采用该种方式,会导致不必要的功耗和信令开销。因此,在5G通信系统中,引入了一种数据传输方法称为“数据早传”或“数据前传”,即,终端设备在不进入连接态即可与网络设备进行数据传输,从而可以有效提高数据传输效率,降低终端设备的能耗。Among them, the terminal device in the connected state can perform data transmission with network devices, such as with a base station (basic station, BS), while the terminal device in the non-active state wants to perform data transmission with the network device. Enter connected state. That is to say, the terminal device in the inactive state needs to enter the connection state first, and then perform data transmission with the network device. In this way, unnecessary power consumption and signaling overhead will be caused. Therefore, in the 5G communication system, a data transmission method called "data early transmission" or "data forward transmission" is introduced, that is, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device without entering the connection state, which can effectively improve the Data transmission efficiency, reducing the energy consumption of terminal equipment.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,能够有效降低数据传输时延,并提高数据传输效率和可靠性。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which can effectively reduce data transmission delay and improve data transmission efficiency and reliability.
为达到上述目的,本申请采用如下技术方案:To achieve the above object, the application adopts the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法包括:向第一网络设备发送第一无线资源控制RRC消息,并从第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区。其中,终端设备保持在非激活态。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided. The method includes sending a first radio resource control RRC message to a first network device, and reselection from a cell of the first network device to a cell of the second network device. Wherein, the terminal device remains in an inactive state.
基于第一方面所述的方法,由于终端设备在向第一网络设备发送第一RRC消息后执行小区重选,仍可以保持在非激活态,而不会释放到空闲态,避免因释放到空闲而导致数据传输中断以及数据传输时延增加,使得终端设备在小区重选后仍可直接利用非激活态传输数据,以有效降低数据传输时延,并提高数据传输效率和可靠性。Based on the method described in the first aspect, since the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the first RRC message to the first network device, it can still remain in the inactive state, and will not be released to the idle state. As a result, the data transmission is interrupted and the data transmission delay increases, so that the terminal device can still directly use the inactive state to transmit data after cell reselection, so as to effectively reduce the data transmission delay and improve the data transmission efficiency and reliability.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一方面所述的方法还可以包括:向第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息。其中,第二RRC消息可以包括:第一非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI。该第一I-RNTI可以为第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。其中,该第二RRC消息还可以包括:第一截短的完整性消息认证码MAC-I。该第一截短的MAC-I可以为根据第三网络设备的小区配置参数以及第一密钥确定的。该第一密钥可以为根据第一下一跳链计算NCC确定的。该第一NCC为第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。In a possible design solution, the method described in the first aspect may further include: sending a second RRC message to the second network device. Wherein, the second RRC message may include: the first inactive wireless network temporary identifier I-RNTI. The first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device. Wherein, the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated integrity message authentication code MAC-I. The first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the third network device and the first key. The first key may be determined by calculating the NCC according to the first next-hop chain. The first NCC is allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
应理解,由于终端设备执行小区重选后的锚点网络设备仍为第三网络设备,故可以避免切换锚点网络设备带来的资源开销,进一步提高通信效率。It should be understood that since the anchor network device after the terminal device performs cell reselection is still the third network device, the resource overhead caused by switching the anchor network device can be avoided, and the communication efficiency can be further improved.
另一种可能的设计方案中,第一方面所述的方法还可以包括:在执行小区重选之 前,接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。其中,该第一信息可以包括:第二I-RNTI和第二NCC。第二I-RNTI可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。第二NCC可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。第三网络设备为终端设备的锚点网络设备。In another possible design solution, the method described in the first aspect may further include: before performing cell reselection, receiving the first information from the first network device. Wherein, the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC. The second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device. The second NCC may be allocated to the terminal device by the first network device or by the third network device. The third network device is the anchor network device of the terminal device.
可选地,第一方面所述的方法还可以包括:向第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息。其中,该第二RRC消息可以携带第二I-RNTI和第二截短的MAC-I。该第二截短的MAC-I可以为根据第一网络设备的小区配置参数以及第二密钥确定的。该第二密钥为根据第二NCC确定的。Optionally, the method described in the first aspect may further include: sending a second RRC message to the second network device. The second RRC message may carry the second I-RNTI and the second truncated MAC-I. The second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and the second key. The second key is determined according to the second NCC.
按照协议预定义的流程,若终端设备在发送第一RRC消息后未执行小区重选,则第一网络设备可以在第一RRC消息之后,如数据传输结束或者恢复至连接态后,向终端设备发送RRC释放消息,来指示数据传输结束或者连接态数据传输结束,重新释放终端设备到空闲态或非激活态,如释放终端设备到非激活态,该RRC释放消息中可以携带的I-RNTI和NCC。而不同的是,本申请是在指示数据传输结束或者连接态态数据传输结束的RRC释放消息发送之前,便向终端设备发送第一信息,通过前置发送第二I-RNTI和第二NCC的方式来指示终端设备保持非激活态,以便终端设备执行在小区重选前后,可以根据预先获得的第二I-RNTI和第二NCC继续传输数据,以有效提高数据传输效率。According to the process predefined in the protocol, if the terminal device does not perform cell reselection after sending the first RRC message, the first network device may send the first RRC message to the terminal device after the first RRC message, for example, after the data transmission ends or the connection state is restored. Send an RRC release message to indicate the end of data transmission or the end of data transmission in the connected state, and re-release the terminal device to the idle state or inactive state, such as releasing the terminal device to the inactive state, the I-RNTI and NCC. The difference is that in this application, the first information is sent to the terminal device before the RRC release message indicating the end of data transmission or the end of connection state data transmission is sent, and the second I-RNTI and the second NCC are sent by prepending. The terminal device is instructed to remain in the inactive state, so that the terminal device can continue to transmit data according to the pre-obtained second I-RNTI and the second NCC before and after cell reselection, so as to effectively improve the data transmission efficiency.
可选地,第一方面所述的方法还可以包括:接收来自第二网络设备的第三RRC消息。第三RRC消息可以是RRC释放消息,其中,该第三RRC消息可以包括:第三I-RNTI和第三NCC。第三I-RNTI和三NCC可以为第二网络设备为终端设备分配的。第三I-RNTI可以与第二I-RNTI不同,和/或,第三NCC可以与第二NCC不同。或者,第三RRC消息还可以指示终端设备使用第二I-RNTI和第二NCC。如此,可根据实际应用场景,灵活指示终端设备更新或继续使用原有的I-RNTI,和/或,NCC。比如,若需要保障通信安全,则指示终端设备使用更新I-RNTI和NCC。又比如,若需要降低资源开销,则指示终端设备使用原有的I-RNTI和NCC,以避免更新I-RNTI,和/或,NCC所带来的资源开销。Optionally, the method of the first aspect may further include: receiving a third RRC message from the second network device. The third RRC message may be an RRC release message, where the third RRC message may include: a third I-RNTI and a third NCC. The third I-RNTI and the third NCC may be allocated by the second network device to the terminal device. The third I-RNTI may be different from the second I-RNTI, and/or the third NCC may be different from the second NCC. Alternatively, the third RRC message may further instruct the terminal device to use the second I-RNTI and the second NCC. In this way, the terminal device can be flexibly instructed to update or continue to use the original I-RNTI and/or NCC according to the actual application scenario. For example, if communication security needs to be guaranteed, the terminal device is instructed to use the updated I-RNTI and NCC. For another example, if the resource overhead needs to be reduced, the terminal device is instructed to use the original I-RNTI and NCC to avoid the resource overhead caused by updating the I-RNTI and/or NCC.
一种可能的设计方案中,第一方面所述的方法可以还包括:向第二网络设备发送分组数据汇聚协议PDCP状态报告,以便第二网络设备可以根据PDCP状态报告,向终端设备发送该终端设备未接收的数据。其中,终端设备可以在发送RRC消息时,将PDCP状态报告与该RRC消息打包发送,从而可以减少信令开销,以进一步提高通信效率。In a possible design solution, the method described in the first aspect may further include: sending a Packet Data Convergence Protocol PDCP status report to the second network device, so that the second network device can send the terminal device to the terminal device according to the PDCP status report. Data not received by the device. Wherein, when sending the RRC message, the terminal device can package and send the PDCP status report with the RRC message, thereby reducing signaling overhead and further improving communication efficiency.
需要说明的是,第一方面所述的方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由设置于终端设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件执行,还可以由包含终端设备的装置执行,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the method described in the first aspect may be executed by a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components provided in the terminal device, and may also be executed by an apparatus including a terminal device. This is not limited.
第二方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法包括:接收来自终端设备的第一RRC消息。其中,若终端设备在发送RRC消息后执行小区重选,则终端设备保持在非激活态。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided. The method includes receiving a first RRC message from a terminal device. Wherein, if the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the RRC message, the terminal device remains in an inactive state.
一种可能的设计方案中,终端设备从第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,第二方面所述的方法还可以包括:向第二网络设备发送终端设备的第一数据。In a possible design solution, the terminal device is reselected from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device, the method described in the second aspect may further include: sending the first data of the terminal device to the second network device .
另一种可能的设计方案中,终端设备从第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,第二方面所述的方法还可以包括:向第三网络设备发送终端设备的第一数据。其中,第三网络设备为终端设备的锚点网络设备。如此,第三网络设备便可以向终端设备转发该第一数据,从而避免终端设备的数据丢失,以进一步提高通信的可靠性。In another possible design solution, the terminal device is reselected from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device, the method described in the second aspect may further include: sending the first network device of the terminal device to the third network device. data. The third network device is an anchor network device of the terminal device. In this way, the third network device can forward the first data to the terminal device, thereby avoiding data loss of the terminal device, and further improving the reliability of communication.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二方面所述的方法还可以包括:向终端设备发送第一信息。其中,第一信息可以包括:第二I-RNTI和第二NCC。第二I-RNTI为所述第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的,所述第二NCC为所述第一网络设备或第三网络设备为所述终端设备分配的,第三网络设备为终端设备的锚点网络设备。In a possible design solution, the method described in the second aspect may further include: sending the first information to the terminal device. Wherein, the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC. The second I-RNTI is allocated by the first network device or the third network device to the terminal device, the second NCC is allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device, the third The network device is the anchor network device of the terminal device.
可选地,在向终端设备发送第一信息之前,第二方面所述的方法还可以包括:向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息,并接收来自第三网络设备的上下文恢复响应消息。其中,第三网络设备可以为:终端设备的锚点网络设备。上下文恢复响应消息可以包括该第一信息。如此,通过复用上下文恢复响应消息来发送第一信息,进一步减少资源开销,并进一步提高通信效率。Optionally, before sending the first information to the terminal device, the method described in the second aspect may further include: sending a context recovery request message to a third network device, and receiving a context recovery response message from the third network device. Wherein, the third network device may be: an anchor network device of the terminal device. The context restoration response message may include the first information. In this way, by multiplexing the context recovery response message to send the first information, the resource overhead is further reduced, and the communication efficiency is further improved.
一种可能的设计方案中,第二方面所述的方法还可以包括:接收来自终端设备的PDCP状态报告。In a possible design solution, the method described in the second aspect may further include: receiving a PDCP status report from the terminal device.
需要说明的是,第二方面所述的方法可以由第一网络设备执行,也可以由设置于第一网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件执行,还可以由包含第一网络设备的装置执行,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the method described in the second aspect may be executed by the first network device, or may be executed by a chip (system) or other components or components provided in the first network device, or may be executed by the first network device including the first network device. This is not limited in this application.
此外,第二方面所述的方法的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the method described in the second aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三方面,提供一种通信方法。该方法应用于第二网络设备或第二网络设备中的芯片。该方法包括:向第三网络设备发送第二信息,从而接收来自第一网络设备的第一数据,以向终端设备发送第一数据。其中,第二信息用于请求终端设备的第一数据。第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。第一网络设备可以为终端设备重选到第二网络设备的小区之前驻留的小区对应的设备。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided. The method is applied to the second network device or a chip in the second network device. The method includes: sending the second information to the third network device, thereby receiving the first data from the first network device, so as to send the first data to the terminal device. Wherein, the second information is used to request the first data of the terminal device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device. The first network device may reselection for the terminal device to a device corresponding to a cell in which the cell of the second network device resided before.
基于第三方面所述的方法,通过向第三网络设备发送第二信息,使得第三网络设备可以指示第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送遗留的第一数据,以便终端设备能够最终获得该第一数据,从而避免终端设备因小区重选而导致的数据丢失,进而提高通信的可靠性。Based on the method described in the third aspect, by sending the second information to the third network device, the third network device can instruct the first network device to send the legacy first data to the second network device, so that the terminal device can finally obtain the the first data, thereby avoiding data loss caused by the terminal equipment due to cell reselection, thereby improving the reliability of communication.
一种可能的设计方案中,第三方面所述的方法还可以包括:接收来自终端设备的第二RRC消息。其中,第二RRC消息可以包括:第一I-RNTI。该第一I-RNTI可以为第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。以及,第二RRC消息还可以包括:第一截短的MAC-I。该第一截短的MAC-I可以为根据第三网络设备的小区配置参数以及第一密钥确定的,该第一密钥可以为根据第一NCC确定的,第一NCC可以为第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。或者,第二RRC消息可以包括:第二I-RNTI。该第二I-RNTI可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。以及,第二RRC消息还可以包括:第二截短的MAC-I。该第二截短的MAC-I可以为根据第一网络设备的小区配置参数以及第二密钥确定的,该第二密钥可以为根据第二NCC确定的,第二NCC 可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。其中,第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。In a possible design solution, the method described in the third aspect may further include: receiving a second RRC message from the terminal device. Wherein, the second RRC message may include: the first I-RNTI. The first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device. And, the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated MAC-I. The first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to the cell configuration parameters of the third network device and the first key, the first key may be determined according to the first NCC, and the first NCC may be the third network The device is assigned to the terminal device. Alternatively, the second RRC message may include: the second I-RNTI. The second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device. And, the second RRC message may further include: a second truncated MAC-I. The second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and a second key, the second key may be determined according to a second NCC, and the second NCC may be the first network The device or the third network device is allocated for the terminal device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
一种可能的设计方案中,第三方面所述的方法还可以包括:接收来自终端设备的PDCP状态报告,并向第三网络设备发送PDCP状态报告,以便第三网络设备可以根据PDCP状态报告,向终端设备发送该终端设备未接收的数据。如此,不仅可以避免数据丢失,还可以避免发送冗余数据,以进一步提高通信效率。In a possible design solution, the method described in the third aspect may further include: receiving a PDCP status report from the terminal device, and sending the PDCP status report to the third network device, so that the third network device can, according to the PDCP status report, Send data to a terminal device that the terminal device has not received. In this way, not only data loss can be avoided, but also redundant data can be avoided to further improve communication efficiency.
可选地,向第三网络设备发送PDCP状态报告可以包括:向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息。其中,上下文恢复请求消息可以包括PDCP状态报告。如此,通过复用上下文恢复请求消息来发送PDCP状态报告,进一步减少资源开销,并进一步提高通信效率。Optionally, sending the PDCP status report to the third network device may include: sending a context recovery request message to the third network device. Wherein, the context recovery request message may include a PDCP status report. In this way, the PDCP status report is sent by multiplexing the context recovery request message, which further reduces resource overhead and further improves communication efficiency.
需要说明的是,第三方面所述的方法可以由第二网络设备执行,也可以由设置于第二网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件执行,还可以由包含第二网络设备的装置执行,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the method described in the third aspect may be executed by the second network device, or may be executed by a chip (system) or other components or components provided in the second network device, or may be executed by the second network device including the second network device. This is not limited in this application.
此外,第三方面所述的方法的技术效果可以参考第一方面和第二方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the method described in the third aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the method described in the first aspect and the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置。该装置包括:收发模块和处理模块。其中,收发模块,用于向第一网络设备发送第一无线资源控制RRC消息。处理模块,用于通信装置执行从第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区。其中,通信装置保持在非激活态。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module. The transceiver module is configured to send the first radio resource control RRC message to the first network device. The processing module is used for the communication apparatus to perform reselection from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device. Wherein, the communication device remains in an inactive state.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于向第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息。其中,第二RRC消息可以包括:第一I-RNTI。第一I-RNTI可以为第三网络设备为通信装置分配的。第三网络设备可以为通信装置的锚点网络设备。其中,第二RRC消息还可以包括:第一截短的MAC-I。第一截短的MAC-I可以为根据第三网络设备的小区配置参数以及第一密钥确定的。第一密钥可以为根据第一NCC确定的。第一NCC为第三网络设备为通信装置分配的。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module is further configured to send the second RRC message to the second network device. Wherein, the second RRC message may include: the first I-RNTI. The first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the communication apparatus. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the communication apparatus. Wherein, the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated MAC-I. The first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the third network device and the first key. The first key may be determined according to the first NCC. The first NCC is allocated to the communication apparatus by the third network device.
另一种可能的设计方案中,在处理模块执行小区重选之前,收发模块,还用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。其中,第一信息可以包括:第二I-RNTI和第二NCC。第二I-RNTI可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为通信装置分配的。第二NCC可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为通信装置分配的。第三网络设备可以为通信装置的锚点网络设备。In another possible design solution, before the processing module performs cell reselection, the transceiver module is further configured to receive the first information from the first network device. Wherein, the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC. The second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the communication apparatus. The second NCC may be allocated to the communication apparatus by the first network device or the third network device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the communication apparatus.
可选地,收发模块,还用于向第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息。其中,第二RRC消息可以携带第二I-RNTI和第二截短的MAC-I。第二截短的MAC-I可以为根据第一网络设备的小区配置参数以及第二密钥确定的。第二密钥可以为根据第二NCC确定的。Optionally, the transceiver module is further configured to send the second RRC message to the second network device. The second RRC message may carry the second I-RNTI and the second truncated MAC-I. The second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and the second key. The second key may be determined according to the second NCC.
可选地,收发模块,还用于接收来自第二网络设备的第三RRC消息。其中,第三RRC消息可以包括:第三I-RNTI和第三NCC。第三I-RNTI和第三NCC可以为第二网络设备为通信装置分配的。第三I-RNTI可以与第二I-RNTI不同,和/或,第三NCC可以与第二NCC不同;或者,第三RRC消息指示通信装置使用第二I-RNTI和第二NCC。Optionally, the transceiver module is further configured to receive a third RRC message from the second network device. Wherein, the third RRC message may include: the third I-RNTI and the third NCC. The third I-RNTI and the third NCC may be allocated by the second network device for the communication apparatus. The third I-RNTI may be different from the second I-RNTI, and/or the third NCC may be different from the second NCC; alternatively, the third RRC message instructs the communication apparatus to use the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块,还用于向第二网络设备发送分组数据汇聚协议PDCP状态报告。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module is further configured to send a packet data convergence protocol PDCP status report to the second network device.
可选地,收发模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块。其中,接收模块用于实现第四方面所述的装置的接收功能。发送模块用于实现第四方面所述的装置的发送功能。Optionally, the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module. Wherein, the receiving module is configured to implement the receiving function of the apparatus described in the fourth aspect. The sending module is configured to implement the sending function of the apparatus described in the fourth aspect.
可选地,第四方面所述的装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该装置可以执行第一方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the apparatus according to the fourth aspect may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the apparatus can execute the communication method described in the first aspect.
需要说明的是,第四方面所述的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是可设置于终端设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含终端设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the device described in the fourth aspect may be a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be set in the terminal device, or a device including a terminal device. Not limited.
此外,第四方面所述的通信的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication described in the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置。该装置包括:接收模块。其中,接收模块,用于接收来自终端设备的第一RRC消息。其中,若终端设备在发送RRC消息后执行小区重选,则终端设备保持在非激活态。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes: a receiving module. The receiving module is configured to receive the first RRC message from the terminal device. Wherein, if the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the RRC message, the terminal device remains in an inactive state.
一种可能的设计方案中,终端设备从通信装置的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,第五方面所述的装置还可以包括:发送模块。其中,发送模块,用于向第二网络设备发送终端设备的第一数据。In a possible design solution, the terminal equipment is reselected from the cell of the communication apparatus to the cell of the second network equipment, and the apparatus according to the fifth aspect may further include: a sending module. The sending module is configured to send the first data of the terminal device to the second network device.
另一种可能的设计方案中,终端设备从通信装置的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,第五方面所述的装置还可以包括:发送模块。其中,发送模块,用于向第三网络设备发送终端设备的第一数据。其中,第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。In another possible design solution, the terminal equipment is reselected from the cell of the communication apparatus to the cell of the second network equipment, and the apparatus according to the fifth aspect may further include: a sending module. The sending module is configured to send the first data of the terminal device to the third network device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
一种可能的设计方案中,第五方面所述的装置还可以包括:发送模块。其中,发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一信息。其中,第一信息可以包括:第二I-RNTI和第二NCC。第二I-RNTI可以为通信装置或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。第二NCC可以为通信装置或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。In a possible design solution, the apparatus described in the fifth aspect may further include: a sending module. The sending module is configured to send the first information to the terminal device. Wherein, the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC. The second I-RNTI may be allocated to the terminal device by the communication apparatus or the third network device. The second NCC may be allocated to the terminal device by the communication apparatus or the third network device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
可选地,在发送模块向终端设备发送第一信息之前,发送模块,还用于向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息,以及接收模块,还用于接收来自第三网络设备的上下文恢复响应消息。其中,第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。上下文恢复响应消息可以包括第一信息。Optionally, before the sending module sends the first information to the terminal device, the sending module is further configured to send a context recovery request message to the third network device, and the receiving module is further configured to receive a context recovery response from the third network device. information. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device. The context restoration response message may include the first information.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块,还用于接收来自终端设备的PDCP状态报告。In a possible design solution, the receiving module is further configured to receive the PDCP status report from the terminal device.
可选地,发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为一个模块,如收发模块。其中,收发模块用于实现该装置的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module. Wherein, the transceiver module is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
可选地,第五方面所述的装置还可以包括处理模块。其中,处理模块用于实现该装置的处理功能。Optionally, the apparatus of the fifth aspect may further include a processing module. Wherein, the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the device.
可选地,第五方面所述的装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该装置可以执行第二方面所述的方法。Optionally, the apparatus of the fifth aspect may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the apparatus can execute the method described in the second aspect.
需要说明的是,第五方面所述的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the device described in the fifth aspect may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be arranged in the network device, or a device including a network device. Not limited.
此外,第五方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第二方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the apparatus described in the fifth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the method described in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置。该装置包括:接收模块和发送模块。其中,发送模块,用于向第三网络设备发送第二信息。接收模块,用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一数据,以便发送模块向终端设备发送第一数据。其中,第二信息用于请求终端设备的第一数据。第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。第一网络设备可以为终端设备重选到通信装置的小区之前驻留的小区对应的设备。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes: a receiving module and a sending module. The sending module is configured to send the second information to the third network device. The receiving module is configured to receive the first data from the first network device, so that the sending module sends the first data to the terminal device. Wherein, the second information is used to request the first data of the terminal device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device. The first network device may be a device corresponding to a cell in which the terminal device reselection to the cell of the communication apparatus resides before.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块,还用于接收来自终端设备的第二RRC消息。其中,第二RRC消息可以包括:第一I-RNTI。该第一I-RNTI可以为第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。以及,第二RRC消息还可以包括:第一截短的MAC-I。该第一截短的MAC-I可以为根据第三网络设备的小区配置参数以及第一密钥确定的,该第一密钥可以为根据第一NCC确定的。第一NCC可以为第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。或者,第二RRC消息可以包括:第二I-RNTI。该第二I-RNTI可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。以及,第二RRC消息还可以包括:第二截短的MAC-I。该第二截短的MAC-I可以为根据第一网络设备的小区配置参数以及第二密钥确定的,该第二密钥可以为根据第二NCC确定的。第二NCC可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。其中,第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。In a possible design solution, the receiving module is further configured to receive the second RRC message from the terminal device. Wherein, the second RRC message may include: the first I-RNTI. The first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device. And, the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated MAC-I. The first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the third network device and a first key, and the first key may be determined according to the first NCC. The first NCC may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device. Alternatively, the second RRC message may include: the second I-RNTI. The second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device. And, the second RRC message may further include: a second truncated MAC-I. The second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and a second key, and the second key may be determined according to the second NCC. The second NCC may be allocated to the terminal device by the first network device or by the third network device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块,还用于接收来自终端设备的PDCP状态报告。发送模块,还用于向第三网络设备发送PDCP状态报告,以便第三网络设备可以根据PDCP状态报告,向终端设备发送该终端设备未接收的数据。In a possible design solution, the receiving module is further configured to receive the PDCP status report from the terminal device. The sending module is further configured to send the PDCP status report to the third network device, so that the third network device can send data that the terminal device has not received to the terminal device according to the PDCP status report.
可选地,发送模块,还用于向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息。其中,上下文恢复请求消息可以包括PDCP状态报告。Optionally, the sending module is further configured to send a context recovery request message to the third network device. Wherein, the context recovery request message may include a PDCP status report.
可选地,发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为一个模块,如收发模块。其中,收发模块用于实现该装置的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the sending module and the receiving module can also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module. Wherein, the transceiver module is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
可选地,第六方面所述的装置还可以包括处理模块。其中,处理模块用于实现该装置的处理功能。Optionally, the apparatus of the sixth aspect may further include a processing module. Wherein, the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the device.
可选地,第六方面所述的装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该装置可以执行第三方面所述的方法。Optionally, the apparatus of the sixth aspect may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the apparatus can execute the method described in the third aspect.
需要说明的是,第六方面所述的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the device described in the sixth aspect may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be arranged in a network device, or a device including a network device. Not limited.
此外,第六方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第三方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the apparatus described in the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the method described in the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第七方面,提供一种通信装置。该装置可以包括:用于执行如第一方面所述方法的模块。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The apparatus may comprise means for performing the method as described in the first aspect.
应理解,第七方面所述的通信装置包括实现上述第一方面所述的方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或手段可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个用于执行上述通信方法所涉及的功能的模块或单元。It should be understood that the communication apparatus described in the seventh aspect includes corresponding modules, units, or means for implementing the method described in the first aspect, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by The hardware executes the corresponding software implementation. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units for performing the functions involved in the above communication method.
此外,第七方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication apparatus described in the seventh aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置。该装置可以包括:用于执行如第二方面或第三方面所述方法的模块。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The apparatus may comprise means for performing the method as described in the second aspect or the third aspect.
应理解,第八方面所述的通信装置包括实现上述第二方面或第三方面所述的方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或手段可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个用于执行上述通信方法所涉及的功能的模块或单元。It should be understood that the communication device described in the eighth aspect includes corresponding modules, units, or means for implementing the methods described in the second aspect or the third aspect, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, and software Realize, or execute corresponding software through hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units for performing the functions involved in the above communication method.
此外,第八方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第二方面或第三方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication apparatus described in the eighth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the method described in the second aspect or the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第九方面,提供一种通信装置。该装置可以包括:处理器和存储器,处理器和存储器耦合,处理器用于控制该装置实现如第一方面所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The apparatus may include: a processor and a memory, the processor and the memory are coupled, and the processor is configured to control the apparatus to implement the method as described in the first aspect.
可选地,第九方面所述的装置还可以包括:接收器和发送器。其中,接收器用于实现该装置的接收功能,发送器用于实现该装置的发送功能。可选地,该发送器和接收器也可以集成为一个器件,如收发器。其中,收发器则用于实现该装置的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the apparatus of the ninth aspect may further include: a receiver and a transmitter. The receiver is used to implement the receiving function of the device, and the transmitter is used to implement the transmitting function of the device. Optionally, the transmitter and receiver can also be integrated into one device, such as a transceiver. Wherein, the transceiver is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
需要说明的是,第九方面所述的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是可设置于终端设备的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含终端设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the device described in the ninth aspect may be a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in the terminal device, or a device including a terminal device, which is not covered in this application. Do limit.
此外,第九方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the apparatus described in the ninth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十方面,提供一种通信装置。该装置可以包括:处理器和存储器,处理器和存储器耦合,处理器用于控制该装置实现如第二方面或第三方面所述的方法。A tenth aspect provides a communication device. The apparatus may comprise: a processor and a memory, the processor and the memory being coupled, and the processor is configured to control the apparatus to implement the method as described in the second aspect or the third aspect.
可选地,第十方面所述的装置还可以包括:接收器和发送器。其中,接收器用于实现该装置的接收功能,发送器用于实现该装置的发送功能。可选地,该发送器和接收器也可以集成为一个器件,如收发器。其中,收发器则用于实现该装置的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the apparatus of the tenth aspect may further include: a receiver and a transmitter. The receiver is used to implement the receiving function of the device, and the transmitter is used to implement the transmitting function of the device. Optionally, the transmitter and receiver can also be integrated into one device, such as a transceiver. Wherein, the transceiver is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
需要说明的是,第十方面所述的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是可设置于网络设备的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the device described in the tenth aspect may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in a network device, or a device including a network device, which is not covered in this application. Do limit.
此外,第十方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第二方面或第三方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the apparatus described in the tenth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the method described in the second aspect or the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十一方面,提供一种通信装置。该装置可以包括:处理器和接口电路,接口电路用于接收来自该通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至处理器或将来自处理器的信号发送给该通信装置之外的其它通信装置,处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指 令用于实现如第一方面所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The apparatus may comprise: a processor and an interface circuit for receiving signals from other communication apparatuses other than the communication apparatus and transmitting to the processor or sending signals from the processor to other communication apparatuses than the communication apparatus An apparatus, a processor, is used to implement the method according to the first aspect by means of logic circuits or executing code instructions.
可选地,第十一方面所述的装置还可以包括:接收器和发送器。其中,接收器用于实现该装置的接收功能,发送器用于实现该装置的发送功能。可选地,该发送器和接收器也可以集成为一个器件,如收发器。其中,收发器则用于实现该装置的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the apparatus of the eleventh aspect may further include: a receiver and a transmitter. The receiver is used to implement the receiving function of the device, and the transmitter is used to implement the transmitting function of the device. Optionally, the transmitter and receiver can also be integrated into one device, such as a transceiver. Wherein, the transceiver is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
可选地,第十一方面所述的装置还可以包括存储器,该存储器存储有程序或指令。当第十一方面所述的处理器执行该程序或指令时,使得该装置可以执行第一方面所述的方法。Optionally, the apparatus of the eleventh aspect may further include a memory, where the memory stores programs or instructions. When the processor described in the eleventh aspect executes the program or the instruction, the apparatus can execute the method described in the first aspect.
需要说明的是,第十一方面所述的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是可设置于终端设备的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含终端设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the device described in the eleventh aspect may be a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in the terminal device, or a device including a terminal device. Not limited.
此外,第十一方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the apparatus described in the eleventh aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十二方面,提供一种通信装置。该装置可以包括:处理器和接口电路,接口电路用于接收来自该通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至处理器或将来自处理器的信号发送给该通信装置之外的其它通信装置,处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如第二方面或第三方面所述的方法。A twelfth aspect provides a communication device. The apparatus may comprise: a processor and an interface circuit for receiving signals from other communication apparatuses other than the communication apparatus and transmitting to the processor or sending signals from the processor to other communication apparatuses than the communication apparatus An apparatus, a processor, is used to implement the method according to the second aspect or the third aspect by means of a logic circuit or executing code instructions.
可选地,第十二方面所述的装置还可以包括:接收器和发送器。其中,接收器用于实现该装置的接收功能,发送器用于实现该装置的发送功能。可选地,该发送器和接收器也可以集成为一个器件,如收发器。其中,收发器则用于实现该装置的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the apparatus of the twelfth aspect may further include: a receiver and a transmitter. The receiver is used to implement the receiving function of the device, and the transmitter is used to implement the transmitting function of the device. Optionally, the transmitter and receiver can also be integrated into one device, such as a transceiver. Wherein, the transceiver is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the device.
可选地,第十二方面所述的装置还可以包括存储器,该存储器存储有程序或指令。当第十二方面所述的处理器执行该程序或指令时,使得该装置可以执行第二方面或第三方面所述的方法。Optionally, the apparatus of the twelfth aspect may further include a memory, where the memory stores programs or instructions. When the processor of the twelfth aspect executes the program or the instruction, the apparatus can execute the method of the second aspect or the third aspect.
需要说明的是,第十二方面所述的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是可设置于网络设备的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the device described in the twelfth aspect may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in a network device, or a device including a network device. Not limited.
此外,第十二方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第二方面或第三方面所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the apparatus described in the twelfth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the method described in the second aspect or the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十三方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质。该计算机可读存储介质可以包括:计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面、第二方面或第三方面所述的方法。A thirteenth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium may include a computer program or instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method as described in the first, second or third aspects.
第十四方面,提供一种计算机程序产品。该计算机程序产品可以包括:计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如第一方面、第二方面或第三方面所述的方法。A fourteenth aspect provides a computer program product. The computer program product may comprise a computer program or instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of the first, second or third aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的终端设备的状态迁移示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of state transition of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例中密钥的推演流程示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a deduction process of a key in an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的通信方法在第一应用场景下的流程示意图;5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application in a first application scenario;
图6为本申请实施例提供的通信方法在第二应用场景下的流程示意图;6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application in a second application scenario;
图7为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图一;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图二;FIG. 8 is a second schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图三。FIG. 9 is a third schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
结合图1,下面先介绍本申请技术方案所涉及的技术术语。With reference to FIG. 1 , the technical terms involved in the technical solution of the present application are first introduced below.
1、空闲态1. Idle state
其中,空闲态可以是终端设备未与网络设备连接时所处的状态,本申请所指空闲态,不做特殊说明一般指无线资源控制RRC空闲态。The idle state may be the state in which the terminal device is not connected to the network device. The idle state referred to in this application generally refers to the RRC idle state without special description.
示例性地,在空闲态下,终端设备可以执行公共陆地移动网(public land mobile network,PLMN)选择、小区选择、小区重选和系统消息广播等流程。并且,在空闲态下,由于终端设备没有与网络设备连接,没有接入网络,也没有占用网络设备的业务资源,更没有获得终端设备的上下文以及密钥,因此无法传输业务数据。Exemplarily, in the idle state, the terminal device may perform procedures such as public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) selection, cell selection, cell reselection, and system message broadcasting. Moreover, in the idle state, because the terminal device is not connected to the network device, does not access the network, does not occupy the service resources of the network device, and does not obtain the context and key of the terminal device, so the service data cannot be transmitted.
2、连接态2. Connection state
其中,连接态可以是终端设备完成与网络设备的连接之后所处的状态,本申请所指连接态,不做特殊说明一般指无线资源控制RRC连接态。The connected state may be the state in which the terminal device completes the connection with the network device. The connected state referred to in this application generally refers to the radio resource control RRC connected state unless otherwise specified.
示例性地,在连接态下,终端设备可以从网络设备获得上下文以及密钥,以利用该上下文以及密钥传输业务数据。Exemplarily, in the connected state, the terminal device may obtain the context and the key from the network device, so as to transmit service data by using the context and the key.
可选地,终端设备可以从空闲态进入连接态,比如,在空闲态下,终端设备可通过向网络设备发送RRC消息,如发送RRC连接建立请求(RRC concection establish request)消息,与网络设备建立RRC连接,从而进入连接态。或者,可选地,终端设备也可以从非激活态进入连接态,比如,在非激活态下,终端设备可通过向网络设备发送RRC消息,如RRC恢复请求(RRC resume request)消息,恢复与网络设备之间的RRC连接,从而进入连接态。此外,在连接态下,终端设备也可以根据网络设备发送的RRC消息,如RRC释放(RRC release)消息,释放到空闲态或者非激活态,从而减少资源开销,降低功耗,并提升终端设备的续航能力。Optionally, the terminal device can enter the connected state from the idle state. For example, in the idle state, the terminal device can establish a connection with the network device by sending an RRC message, such as an RRC connection establishment request (RRC concept establish request) message, to the network device. The RRC is connected to enter the connected state. Or, optionally, the terminal device can also enter the connected state from the inactive state. For example, in the inactive state, the terminal device can send an RRC message to the network device, such as an RRC resume request (RRC Resume request) message, to resume and RRC connection between network devices, thus entering the connected state. In addition, in the connected state, the terminal device can also be released to the idle state or inactive state according to the RRC message sent by the network device, such as the RRC release message, thereby reducing resource overhead, reducing power consumption, and improving the terminal device. of endurance.
3、非激活态3. Inactive state
其中,非激活态可以是介于连接态与空闲态之间的中间状态,本申请所指非激活态,不做特殊说明一般指无线资源控制RRC非激活态,也可以称作“第三态”。The inactive state may be an intermediate state between the connected state and the idle state. The inactive state referred to in this application generally refers to the RRC inactive state without special description, and may also be referred to as the "third state". ".
示例性地,终端设备从连接态释放到非激活态后,可以删除密钥,但保留上下文,以便后续能够快速地恢复至连接态。在非激活态下,终端设备可以执行小区重选,还可以发送RRC消息,如RRC恢复请求消息,进行数据早传,以降低资源开销,提高通信效率。此外,在非激活态下,终端设备可以在发送RRC恢复请求消息,如接收RRC释放消息,进入到空闲态,并删除上下文。Exemplarily, after the terminal device is released from the connected state to the inactive state, the key can be deleted, but the context is retained, so that it can be quickly restored to the connected state subsequently. In the inactive state, the terminal device can perform cell reselection, and can also send an RRC message, such as an RRC recovery request message, to perform early data transmission, so as to reduce resource overhead and improve communication efficiency. In addition, in the inactive state, the terminal device can enter the idle state and delete the context after sending an RRC recovery request message, such as receiving an RRC release message.
4、密钥推演4. Key deduction
在非激活态或者连接态下,为保证终端设备与网络设备之间能够安全地进行数据传输。终端设备和网络设备都需要执行密钥推演,以确保用于数据加密的密钥能够不 断更新,从而确保数据传输的安全性。In the inactive state or the connected state, in order to ensure safe data transmission between the terminal device and the network device. Both terminal equipment and network equipment need to perform key derivation to ensure that the key used for data encryption can be continuously updated to ensure the security of data transmission.
具体地,下面结合图2,并以终端设备为例,具体介绍密钥的推演流程。Specifically, with reference to FIG. 2 , and taking a terminal device as an example, the key derivation process is described in detail.
根据图2所示出的流程可知,终端设备可以利用终端设备的上下文中的算法执行密钥推演。比如,终端设备可以预先从核心网获取密钥K AMF,利用该密钥K AMF推演出用于密钥推演的初始(initial)密钥K gNB,利用密钥K AMF和初始密钥K gNB推演出用于密钥推演的下一跳参数(next hop paramete,NH),这里称为NH1。进一步地,终端设备可以将预设的且取值为0的下一跳链计算(network hop chaining count,NCC)0,分别与该初始密钥K gNB和NH1关联。如此一来,终端设备接收到来自网络设备的NCC后,可以判断该NCC与上述NCC0的取值是否相同。若相同,则终端设备根据NCC0关联的初始密钥K gNB执行水平推演,否则,根据NCC0关联的NH1执行垂直推演,从而确定出最新的密钥。下面分别介绍水平推演和垂直推演的流程。 According to the flow shown in FIG. 2 , the terminal device can perform key deduction by using the algorithm in the context of the terminal device. For example, the terminal device may obtain the key K AMF from the core network in advance, use the key K AMF to deduce the initial key K gNB for key deduction, and use the key K AMF and the initial key K gNB to deduce Show the next hop parameter (NH) used for key derivation, referred to here as NH1. Further, the terminal device may associate a preset next hop chaining count (NCC) 0 with a value of 0 with the initial keys K gNB and NH1 respectively. In this way, after receiving the NCC from the network device, the terminal device can determine whether the value of the NCC and the above-mentioned NCC0 are the same. If the same, the terminal device performs horizontal deduction according to the initial key K gNB associated with NCC0, otherwise, performs vertical deduction according to NH1 associated with NCC0, thereby determining the latest key. The following describes the process of horizontal deduction and vertical deduction respectively.
水平推演:Horizontal deduction:
若终端设备接收到来自网络设备的上述NCC0,则可以执行水平推演,即根据初始密钥K gNB(该初始密钥K gNB可认为是K gNB1)、终端设备当前驻留的小区的物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)和载频,推演出密钥K gNB2。如此,终端设备保存的一对K gNB和NH,可以由初始密钥K gNB和NH1更新为密钥K gNB2和NH1,且NCC0的关联关系可以更新为:NCC0分别与密钥K gNB2和NH1关联。然后,终端设备可以根据密钥K gNB2,推演出密钥K_RRCint、密钥K_RRCenc、密钥K_UPenc和密钥K_UPint。其中,密钥K_Upint和密钥K_RRCint可用于数据完整性保护,密钥K_RRCenc和密钥K_UPenc可用于数据加密。 If the terminal device receives the above NCC0 from the network device, it can perform horizontal deduction, that is, according to the initial key K gNB (the initial key K gNB can be considered as K gNB1 ), the physical cell identity of the cell where the terminal device currently resides (physical cell identifier, PCI) and carrier frequency, deduce the key K gNB2 . In this way, the pair of K gNB and NH saved by the terminal device can be updated from the initial keys K gNB and NH1 to the keys K gNB2 and NH1, and the association relationship of NCC0 can be updated as: NCC0 is associated with the keys K gNB2 and NH1 respectively . Then, the terminal device can deduce the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key K_UPint according to the key K gNB2 . Among them, the key K_Upint and the key K_RRCint can be used for data integrity protection, and the key K_RRCenc and the key K_UPenc can be used for data encryption.
之后,若终端设备又接收到来自网络设备的上述NCC0,则可继续执行水平推演,即根据该密钥K gNB2、终端设备当前驻留的小区的PCI和载频,推演出密钥K gNB3。如此,终端设备保存的一对K gNB和NH,可以由密钥K gNB2和NH1更新为密钥K gNB3和NH1,且NCC0的关联关系也可以更新为:NCC0分别与密钥K gNB3和NH1关联。然后,终端设备可根据密钥K gNB3推演出密钥K_RRCint、密钥K_RRCenc、密钥K_UPenc以及密钥K_UPint,以及删除上一次推演出的密钥K_RRCint、密钥K_RRCenc、密钥K_UPenc以及密钥K_UPint,并依此类推。 Afterwards, if the terminal device receives the above-mentioned NCC0 from the network device again, it can continue to perform horizontal deduction, that is, deduce the key K gNB3 according to the key K gNB2 , the PCI and carrier frequency of the cell where the terminal device currently resides. In this way, the pair of K gNB and NH saved by the terminal device can be updated from the keys K gNB2 and NH1 to the keys K gNB3 and NH1, and the association relationship of NCC0 can also be updated as: NCC0 is associated with the keys K gNB3 and NH1 respectively. . Then, the terminal device can deduce the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key K_UPint according to the key K gNB3 , and delete the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key K_UPint derived last time , and so on.
垂直推演:Vertical play:
若终端设备接收到来自网络设备的NCC2,且该NCC2的取值为2,与NCC0的取值为0不同,则可以执行垂直推演,即可以根据密钥K AMF和NH1,推演出NH2。以及根据密钥NH1、终端设备当前驻留的小区的PCI和载频,推演出密钥K gNB4。如此,终端设备保存的一对K gNB和NH,可以由初始密钥K gNB和NH1更新为密钥K gNB4和NH4,且关联关系也可以更新为NCC2分别与密钥K gNB4和NH2关联。然后,终端设备可以根据密钥K gNB4,推演出密钥K_RRCint、密钥K_RRCenc、密钥K_UPenc和密钥K_UPint。 If the terminal device receives the NCC2 from the network device, and the value of the NCC2 is 2, which is different from the value of the NCC0 of 0, the vertical deduction can be performed, that is, the NH2 can be deduced according to the keys KAMF and NH1. And according to the key NH1, the PCI and carrier frequency of the cell where the terminal device currently resides, the key K gNB4 is deduced . In this way, the pair of K gNB and NH stored by the terminal device can be updated from the initial keys K gNB and NH1 to the keys K gNB4 and NH4, and the association relationship can also be updated so that NCC2 is associated with the keys K gNB4 and NH2 respectively. Then, the terminal device can deduce the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key K_UPint according to the key K gNB4 .
之后,若终端设备又接收到来自网络设备的NCC3,且该NCC3的取值为3,与NCC2的取值为2不同,则可以继续执行垂直推演,即可以根据密钥K AMF和NH2,推演出NH3,以及根据NH2、终端设备当前驻留的小区的PCI和载频,推演出密钥K gNB7。如此,终端设备保存的一对K gNB和NH,可以由K gNB4和NH2更新为密钥 K gNB7和NH3,且关联关系也可以更新为NCC3分别与密钥K gNB7和NH3关联。然后,终端设备可以根据密钥K gNB7,推演出密钥K_RRCint、密钥K_RRCenc、密钥K_UPenc和密钥K_UPint,以及删除上一次推演出的密钥K_RRCint、密钥K_RRCenc、密钥K_UPenc以及密钥K_UPint,并依此类推。 After that, if the terminal device receives NCC3 from the network device again, and the value of NCC3 is 3, which is different from the value of NCC2 of 2, it can continue to perform vertical deduction, that is, it can be deduced according to the keys K AMF and NH2. Perform NH3, and deduce the performance key K gNB7 according to NH2, the PCI and carrier frequency of the cell where the terminal device currently resides. In this way, a pair of K gNB and NH saved by the terminal device can be updated from K gNB4 and NH2 to keys K gNB7 and NH3, and the association relationship can also be updated so that NCC3 is associated with keys K gNB7 and NH3 respectively. Then, the terminal device can deduce the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key K_UPint according to the key K gNB7 , and delete the key K_RRCint, the key K_RRCenc, the key K_UPenc and the key that were previously derived K_UPint, and so on.
总而言之,由于每个NCC都可以与一对NH和K gNB关联,比如,NCC0可以关联初始密钥K gNB和NH1或者关联K gNB2和NH1、NCC2可以关联K gNB4和NH2或者关联K gNB5和NH2、NCC3可以关联K gNB7和NH3或者关联K gNB8和NH3,如此,终端设备根据NCC关联的一对NH和K gNB,便可以快速地执行水平推演或者垂直推演,以确保密钥的推演效率。 All in all, since each NCC can be associated with a pair of NH and K gNB , for example, NCC0 can associate the initial key K gNB and NH1 or associate K gNB2 and NH1, NCC2 can associate K gNB4 and NH2 or associate K gNB5 and NH2, NCC3 can be associated with K gNB7 and NH3 or associated with K gNB8 and NH3. In this way, the terminal device can quickly perform horizontal deduction or vertical deduction according to a pair of NH and K gNB associated with NCC to ensure the deduction efficiency of the key.
5、小区重选5. Cell reselection
如前所述,在非激活态或者空闲态下,终端设备可以从当前驻留的小区重选到其他小区,如重选到信号更好的小区并在重选后的小区完成驻留。其中,小区重选可以包括站内重选和站间重选。站内重选是指终端设备从同一基站的一个小区重选到另一个小区,而站间重选是指终端设备从一个基站的小区重选到另一个基站的小区。As mentioned above, in the inactive state or the idle state, the terminal device can reselect to another cell from the cell it is currently camping on, such as reselecting to a cell with better signal and completing the camping in the reselected cell. The cell reselection may include intra-site reselection and inter-site reselection. Intra-site reselection refers to terminal equipment reselection from one cell of the same base station to another cell, while inter-site reselection refers to terminal equipment reselection from a cell of one base station to a cell of another base station.
进一步地,若终端设备处于非激活态,且在发送RRC消息后执行小区重选,则终端设备会从非激活态释放到空闲态,从而导致非激活态下的数据传输中断,进而影响数据传输效率和可靠性。而在数据传输中断后,由于终端设备只能在下一次进入连接态时才能重传,故也会增加数据传输时延。Further, if the terminal device is in the inactive state and performs cell reselection after sending the RRC message, the terminal device will be released from the inactive state to the idle state, thereby causing data transmission in the inactive state to be interrupted, thereby affecting data transmission. Efficiency and reliability. After the data transmission is interrupted, since the terminal device can only retransmit when it enters the connected state next time, the data transmission delay will also be increased.
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统,车到任意物体(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信系统、设备间(device-todevie,D2D)通信系统、车联网通信系统、第4代(4th generation,4G)移动通信系统,如长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统,如新空口(new radio,NR)系统,以及未来的通信系统,如第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as a wireless fidelity (WiFi) system, a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication system, and a device-todevie (D2D) communication system. Communication systems, Internet of Vehicles communication systems, 4th generation (4G) mobile communication systems, such as long term evolution (LTE) systems, worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication systems, 5th generation (5G) mobile communication systems, such as new radio (NR) systems, and future communication systems, such as 6th generation (6G) mobile communication systems.
本申请将围绕可包括多个设备、组件、模块等的系统来呈现各个方面、实施例或特征。应当理解和明白的是,各个系统可以包括另外的设备、组件、模块等,并且/或者可以并不包括结合附图讨论的所有设备、组件、模块等。此外,还可以使用这些方案的组合。This application will present various aspects, embodiments, or features around a system that may include a plurality of devices, components, modules, and the like. It is to be understood and appreciated that the various systems may include additional devices, components, modules, etc., and/or may not include all of the devices, components, modules, etc. discussed in connection with the figures. In addition, combinations of these schemes can also be used.
另外,在本申请实施例中,“示例地”、“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用示例的一词旨在以具体方式呈现概念。In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplarily" and "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design described in this application as "exemplary" should not be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of the word example is intended to present a concept in a concrete way.
本申请实施例中,“信息(information)”,“信号(signal)”,“消息(message)”,“信道(channel)”、“信令(singaling)”有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。“的(of)”,“相应的(corresponding,relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。In the embodiments of the present application, "information", "signal", "message", "channel", and "signaling" may sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be noted that, When not emphasizing their differences, their intended meanings are the same. "of", "corresponding, relevant" and "corresponding" can sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be pointed out that when the difference is not emphasized, the meanings they intend to express are the same.
本申请实施例中,有时候下标如W 1可能会笔误为非下标的形式如W1,在不强 调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。 In the embodiments of the present application, sometimes a subscript such as W1 may be mistakenly written in a non-subscript form such as W1. When the difference is not emphasized, the meaning to be expressed is the same.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and service scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. The evolution of the architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先以图3中示出的通信系统为例详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。示例性地,图3为本申请实施例提供的通信方法所适用的一种通信系统的架构示意图。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, firstly, a communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application is described in detail by taking the communication system shown in FIG. 3 as an example. Exemplarily, FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system to which the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied.
如图3所示,该通信系统可以包括:至少一个网络设备,如第一网络设备、第二网络设备和第三网络设备,以及至少一个终端设备。As shown in FIG. 3 , the communication system may include: at least one network device, such as a first network device, a second network device and a third network device, and at least one terminal device.
其中,上述的第一网络设备、第二网络设备和第三网络设备可统称为网络设备,网络设备为位于上述通信系统的网络侧,且具有无线收发功能的设备或可设置于该设备的芯片或芯片系统。该网络设备包括但不限于:无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入点(access point,AP),如家庭网关、路由器、服务器、交换机、网桥等,演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission and reception point,TRP或者transmission point,TP)等,还可以为5G,如,新空口(new radio,NR)系统中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)、具有基站功能的路边单元(road side unit,RSU)等。Wherein, the above-mentioned first network device, second network device and third network device may be collectively referred to as network device, and the network device is located on the network side of the above-mentioned communication system and has a wireless transceiver function or a chip that can be installed in the device. or system-on-chip. The network devices include but are not limited to: access points (APs) in wireless fidelity (WiFi) systems, such as home gateways, routers, servers, switches, bridges, etc., evolved Node B (evolved Node B (eNB), Radio Network Controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), Base Station Controller (BSC), Base Transceiver Station (BTS), Home Base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission and reception point, TRP or transmission point, TP) etc., it can also be 5G, such as a gNB in a new radio (NR) system, or a transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antennas of a base station in a 5G system The panel, alternatively, can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU), a roadside unit (RSU) with base station functions, etc. .
上述终端设备为接入上述通信系统,且具有无线收发功能的终端或可设置于该终端的芯片或芯片系统。该终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、运输安全中的无线终端、智慧城市中的无线终端、智慧家庭中的无线终端、车载终端、具有终端功能的RSU等。本申请的终端设备还可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元,车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元可以实施本申请提供的通信方法。The above-mentioned terminal equipment is a terminal that is connected to the above-mentioned communication system and has a wireless transceiver function, or a chip or a chip system that can be provided in the terminal. The terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, User Agent or User Device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless device in industrial control Terminal, wireless terminal in unmanned driving, wireless terminal in telemedicine, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, in-vehicle terminal, terminal with terminal Functional RSU et al. The terminal device of the present application may also be an on-board module, on-board module, on-board component, on-board chip or on-board unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units. The vehicle-mounted component, the vehicle-mounted chip or the vehicle-mounted unit can implement the communication method provided in this application.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的通信方法,可以适用于图3所示的任意两个、三个或四个节点之间,如终端设备与第一网络设备之间,具体实现可以参考下述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied between any two, three or four nodes shown in FIG. 3 , such as between a terminal device and a first network device, and the specific implementation can refer to The following method embodiments will not be repeated here.
应当指出的是,本申请实施例中的方案还可以应用于其他通信系统中,相应的名称也可以用其他通信系统中的对应功能的名称进行替代。It should be noted that the solutions in the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other communication systems, and the corresponding names may also be replaced by the names of corresponding functions in other communication systems.
应理解,图3仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该通信系统中还可以包括其他网络设备,和/或,其他终端设备,图3中未予以画出。It should be understood that FIG. 3 is only a simplified schematic diagram for easy understanding, and the communication system may further include other network devices and/or other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 3 .
下面将结合图4-图6对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行具体阐述。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 .
示例性地,图4为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图。该方法可以由终端设备、终端设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件、或包含终端设备的装置,第一网络设备、第一网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件、或包含第一网络设备的装置,第二网络设备(图3中未示出)、第二网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件、或包含第二网络设备的装置,以及第三网络设备(图3中未示出)、第三网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件、或包含第三网络设备的装置配合执行,以实现图3所示的任意多个节点之间的通信。Exemplarily, FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method may be performed by a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components in the terminal device, or an apparatus including the terminal device, the first network device, a chip (system) or other components or components in the first network device, or An apparatus including the first network device, a second network device (not shown in FIG. 3 ), a chip (system) or other component or component in the second network device, or an apparatus including the second network device, and a third network The device (not shown in FIG. 3 ), the chip (system) or other components or components in the third network device, or the apparatus including the third network device cooperate and execute, so as to realize the connection between any number of nodes shown in FIG. 3 Communication.
为便于描述,以下将“终端设备、终端设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件、或包含终端设备的装置”统称为“终端设备”,将“第一网络设备、第一网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件、或包含第一网络设备的装置”统称为“第一网络设备”,将“第二网络设备、第二网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件、或包含第二网络设备的装置”统称为“第二网络设备”,以及将“第三网络设备、第三网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件、或包含第三网络设备的装置”统称为“第三网络设备”。For ease of description, "terminal equipment, chips (systems) or other components or components in terminal equipment, or devices including terminal equipment" are collectively referred to as "terminal equipment" hereinafter, and "the first network equipment, the first network equipment in the first network equipment" are collectively referred to as "terminal equipment". The chip (system) or other components or components of the second network device, or the device including the first network device” are collectively referred to as “the first network device”, and the “second network device, the chip (system) or other components in the second network device or components, or devices including the second network equipment” are collectively referred to as “second network equipment”, and “third network equipment, chips (systems) or other components or components in third network equipment, or including third network equipment” "devices" are collectively referred to as "third network equipment".
进一步地,如图4所示,该通信方法可以包括如下步骤:Further, as shown in Figure 4, the communication method may include the following steps:
S401,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一无线资源控制RRC消息,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一RRC消息。S401, a terminal device sends a first radio resource control RRC message to a first network device, and the first network device receives the first RRC message from the terminal device.
示例性地,第一RRC消息可以是RRC恢复请求消息(RRC resume request message)。其中,第一RRC消息可以用于终端设备在非激活态下传输第二数据。其中,第二数据可以是终端设备用于早传的数据。Exemplarily, the first RRC message may be an RRC resume request message (RRC resume request message). Wherein, the first RRC message may be used for the terminal device to transmit the second data in an inactive state. The second data may be data used by the terminal device for early transmission.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以打包第一RRC消息和第二数据,以生成介质访问控制子层协议(media access control,MAC)层的协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU),然后再通过物理层发送给第一网络设备,从而实现数据早传。或者,在另一种可能的实现方式中,第二数据可以包含在第一RRC消息中。应理解,第一RRC消息不仅可以用于上述数据传输,第一RRC消息还可以用于终端设备请求从非激活态恢复至连接态。比如,终端设备可以单独发送第一RRC消息而不携带第二数据,以请求从非激活态恢复至连接态。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device may package the first RRC message and the second data to generate a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) of the media access control sublayer protocol (media access control, MAC) layer, Then, it is sent to the first network device through the physical layer, so as to realize early data transmission. Or, in another possible implementation manner, the second data may be included in the first RRC message. It should be understood that the first RRC message may not only be used for the above-mentioned data transmission, but also may be used for the terminal device to request to restore from the inactive state to the connected state. For example, the terminal device may send the first RRC message alone without carrying the second data, so as to request to restore from the inactive state to the connected state.
其中,第一RRC消息可以包括:第一非激活态无线网络临时标识(inactive-radio network temporary identifier,I-RNTI),以及第三截短的(short)完整性消息认证码(message authentication code for integrity,MAC-I)。Wherein, the first RRC message may include: a first inactive wireless network temporary identifier (inactive-radio network temporary identifier, I-RNTI), and a third truncated (short) integrity message authentication code (message authentication code for integrity, MAC-I).
其中,第一I-RNTI可以是第三网络设备为终端设备分配的,与终端设备的上下文对应并指示该上下文保存在第三网络设备。第三网络设备可以是与第一网络设备不同的网络设备,且是终端设备的锚点网络设备,即终端设备是由第三网络设备释放到非激活态,或者说第三网络设备是终端设备进入非激活态前的最后一个小区所属的网 络设备。第三截短的MAC-I可以用于安全性验证,是终端设备使用存储的安全上下文中的完整性保护算法,以及第三密钥和第一相关参数计算得到的,长度可以是16个比特。The first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device for the terminal device, which corresponds to the context of the terminal device and indicates that the context is stored in the third network device. The third network device may be a different network device from the first network device, and is the anchor network device of the terminal device, that is, the terminal device is released to the inactive state by the third network device, or the third network device is a terminal device The network device to which the last cell before entering the inactive state belongs. The third truncated MAC-I can be used for security verification. It is calculated by the terminal device using the integrity protection algorithm in the stored security context, the third key and the first related parameters, and the length can be 16 bits. .
上述第三密钥可以是K_RRCint 1。上述第一相关参数可以包括:终端设备在第三网络设备的小区驻留时使用的无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)、第三网络设备的小区的PCI、第一网络设备的小区的小区标识(cell identity document,cell-ID)。其中,第一网络设备的小区为终端设备当前驻留的小区。 The above-mentioned third key may be K_RRCint 1 . The above-mentioned first related parameters may include: a radio network temporary identifier (cell radio network temporary identifier, C-RNTI) used by the terminal device when camping on the cell of the third network device, the PCI of the cell of the third network device, the first network The cell identity document (cell-ID) of the cell of the device. The cell of the first network device is the cell where the terminal device currently resides.
示例性地,终端设备在发送第一RRC消息之前,还可以在第三网络设备的小区驻留或进入连接态。如此,第三网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四RRC消息,如发送RRC释放消息。其中,该第四RRC消息可以携带第三网络设备为终端设备分配的第一I-RNTI和第一NCC。Exemplarily, before sending the first RRC message, the terminal device may also camp on or enter the connected state in the cell of the third network device. In this way, the third network device may send a fourth RRC message to the terminal device, such as sending an RRC release message. The fourth RRC message may carry the first I-RNTI and the first NCC allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
其中,若终端设备在连接态下接收到来自第三网络设备的第四RRC消息,则从连接态释放到非激活态,并删除上一次推演出的K_RRCenc1、K_UPenc1、以及K_Upint1,但保留终端设备的上下文以及上一次推演出的密钥K_RRCint1(第三密钥),以便后续发送上述第一RRC消息时使用。或者,若终端设备在非激活态下接收到该第四RRC消息,则继续保持在非激活态。此外,终端设备还可以确定第四RRC消息中的第一NCC,与终端设备保存的一对NH和KgNB是否关联。若关联,则终端设备可以保留该KgNB1,以便后续执行水平推演,否则,终端设备可以删除该KgNB1,以便后续执行垂直推演。Wherein, if the terminal device receives the fourth RRC message from the third network device in the connected state, it is released from the connected state to the inactive state, and deletes K_RRCenc1, K_UPenc1, and K_Upint1 deduced last time, but retains the terminal device context and the key K_RRCint1 (third key) derived last time, so as to be used when the first RRC message is sent subsequently. Alternatively, if the terminal device receives the fourth RRC message in the inactive state, it continues to remain in the inactive state. In addition, the terminal device may also determine whether the first NCC in the fourth RRC message is associated with a pair of NH and KgNB saved by the terminal device. If associated, the terminal device may retain the KgNB1 for subsequent execution of the horizontal deduction; otherwise, the terminal device may delete the KgNB1 for subsequent execution of the vertical deduction.
进一步地,若终端设备从第三网络设备的小区重选到第一网络设备的小区,则保持在非激活态。在此基础上,终端设备可以向第一网络设备发送上述第一RRC消息。其中,终端设备在发送该第一RRC消息后,可以启动一个定时时长为预定义值的定时器(timer),以便终端设备确定数据传输是否结束或者是否恢复至连接态。比如,若终端设备在定时结束之前接收到来自第一网络设备的响应消息,或者,终端设备在定时结束后仍未接收到该响应消息,则确定数据传输结束或者确定恢复至连接态。其中,响应消息可以是RRC释放消息。此外,终端设备还可利用终端设备的上下文中的算法以及第一NCC,执行水平推演或者垂直推演,从而获得最新的密钥K gNB2,以根据密钥K gNB2推演出K_RRCint 2(第一密钥)、密钥K_RRCenc 2、密钥K_UPenc 2和密钥K_UPint 2,并删除上一次推演出的密钥K_RRCint 1(第三密钥)。 Further, if the terminal device reselects from the cell of the third network device to the cell of the first network device, it remains in the inactive state. On this basis, the terminal device may send the above-mentioned first RRC message to the first network device. Wherein, after sending the first RRC message, the terminal device may start a timer (timer) with a predetermined duration, so that the terminal device can determine whether the data transmission ends or whether to return to the connected state. For example, if the terminal device receives a response message from the first network device before the timing ends, or the terminal device does not receive the response message after the timing ends, it is determined that the data transmission ends or the connection state is restored. The response message may be an RRC release message. In addition, the terminal device can also use the algorithm in the context of the terminal device and the first NCC to perform horizontal deduction or vertical deduction, so as to obtain the latest key K gNB2 to derive K_RRCint 2 (the first key K gNB2 ) according to the key K gNB2 ), the key K_RRCenc 2 , the key K_UPenc 2 , and the key K_UPint 2 , and delete the key K_RRCint 1 (the third key) derived last time.
应理解,终端设备在推演出K gNB2后,可以继续保留第一NCC,以便后续执行水平推演可以使用该第一NCC。 It should be understood that after deriving K gNB2 , the terminal device may continue to retain the first NCC, so that the first NCC can be used in subsequent horizontal deduction.
进一步地,若第一网络设备接收到第一RRC消息,则可以根据第一RRC消息中的第一I-RNTI,确定锚点网络设备为第三网络设备,从而向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求(retrieve UE context rquest)消息,如可以通过Xn接口向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息。其中,该上下文恢复请求消息可以携带第一I-RNTI、第三截短的MAC-I以及第一网络设备的小区的PCI。相应地,第三网络设备可以根据该上下文恢复请求消息,确定是否有第一I-RNTI对应的上下文(终端设备的上下文),以及确定该第三截短的MAC-I与第四截短的MAC-I是否一致。其中,第四截 短的MAC-I可以是第三网络设备根据上述第一相关参数以及上述第三密钥确定的。Further, if the first network device receives the first RRC message, it can determine that the anchor network device is the third network device according to the first I-RNTI in the first RRC message, so as to send the context recovery to the third network device. A request (retrieve UE context rquest) message, for example, a context recovery request message may be sent to the third network device through the Xn interface. The context recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI, the third truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the first network device. Correspondingly, the third network device can determine whether there is a context corresponding to the first I-RNTI (the context of the terminal device) according to the context recovery request message, and determine the third truncated MAC-I and the fourth truncated MAC-I Whether the MAC-I is consistent. Wherein, the fourth truncated MAC-I may be determined by the third network device according to the above-mentioned first relevant parameter and the above-mentioned third key.
若第三网络设备确定没有第一I-RNTI对应的上下文,和/或,第三截短的MAC-I与第四截短的MAC-I不一致,则表示验证未通过,该方法的流程结束。若第三网络设备确定有第一I-RNTI对应的上下文,且第三截短的MAC-I与第四截短的MAC-I一致,则表示验证通过。如此,第三网络设备可以利用该上下文中的算法以及第一NCC,执行水平推演或者垂直推演,以获得与第一密钥相应的密钥,并向第一网络设备发送上下文恢复响应(retrieve UE context response)消息。If the third network device determines that there is no context corresponding to the first I-RNTI, and/or the third truncated MAC-I is inconsistent with the fourth truncated MAC-I, it means that the verification fails, and the process of the method ends . If the third network device determines that there is a context corresponding to the first I-RNTI, and the third truncated MAC-I is consistent with the fourth truncated MAC-I, it indicates that the verification is passed. In this way, the third network device can use the algorithm in the context and the first NCC to perform horizontal deduction or vertical deduction to obtain a key corresponding to the first key, and send a context recovery response (retrieve UE) to the first network device context response) message.
其中,与第一密钥相应的密钥可以是K gNB2,或者,也可以是利用该K gNB2推演出的密钥K_RRCint 2(第一密钥)、密钥K_RRCenc2、密钥K_UPenc2和密钥K_UPint 2。其中,若与第一密钥相应的密钥是K gNB2,则第一网络设备可以利用该K gNB2再推演出密钥K_RRCint 2、密钥K_RRCenc 2、密钥K_UPenc 2、以及密钥K_UPint 2。其中,上下文恢复响应消息可以携带该相应的密钥、第一NCC以及终端设备的上下文,以便第一网络设备可以根据该相应的密钥、第一NCC以及终端设备的上下文与终端设备通信。 The key corresponding to the first key may be K gNB2 , or may also be the key K_RRCint 2 (the first key), the key K_RRCenc2 , the key K_UPenc2 and the key K_UPint derived from the K gNB2 2 . Wherein, if the key corresponding to the first key is K gNB2 , the first network device can use the K gNB2 to deduce the key K_RRCint 2 , the key K_RRCenc 2 , the key K_UPenc 2 , and the key K_UPint 2 again. The context recovery response message may carry the corresponding key, the first NCC and the context of the terminal device, so that the first network device can communicate with the terminal device according to the corresponding key, the first NCC and the context of the terminal device.
此外,若第三网络设备保存有终端设备的第一数据,则在验证通过后,第三网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送该第一数据,以便第一网络设备向终端设备转发该第一数据。其中,第一数据可以是第三网络设备从核心网网元,如从用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元接收的终端设备的业务数据。In addition, if the third network device stores the first data of the terminal device, after the verification is passed, the third network device can send the first data to the first network device, so that the first network device can forward the first data to the terminal device. data. The first data may be service data of the terminal device received by the third network device from a core network element, such as a user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element.
进一步地,若第一网络设备接收到来自第三网络设备的上下文恢复响应消息,则可根据上下文恢复响应消息中终端设备的上下文,向接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元(图4中未示出)发送路径切换请求(path switch request)消息。如此,AMF网元便可以根据该路径切换请求消息,修改UPF网元(图4中未示出)上的承载(breaer),如将该承载由“终端设备→第三网络设备→UPF网元”修改为“终端设备→第一网络设备→UPF网元”,以便第一网络设备可以接收来自核心网的终端设备的第一数据,并向终端设备转发。然后,AFM网元可以向第一网络设备发送路径切换请求确认(path switch request ACK)消息,以告知第一网络设备路径切换完成。其中,由于第一网络设备获得终端设备的上下文,故可认为终端设备的锚点网络设备从第三网络设备改变为第一网络设备。Further, if the first network device receives the context recovery response message from the third network device, then the context of the terminal device in the context recovery response message can be returned to the access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) according to the context of the terminal device in the context recovery response message. ) network element (not shown in FIG. 4 ) sends a path switch request message. In this way, the AMF network element can modify the bearer (breaer) on the UPF network element (not shown in FIG. 4 ) according to the path switching request message, for example, the bearer can be changed from “terminal device→third network device→UPF network element” ” is modified to “terminal device→first network device→UPF network element”, so that the first network device can receive the first data from the terminal device of the core network and forward it to the terminal device. Then, the AFM network element may send a path switch request acknowledgment (path switch request ACK) message to the first network device to inform the first network device that the path switch is completed. Wherein, since the first network device obtains the context of the terminal device, it can be considered that the anchor network device of the terminal device is changed from the third network device to the first network device.
进一步地,若第一网络设备接收到来自AMF网元的路径切换请求确认消息,且终端设备还在第一网络设备的小区驻留,则可以向第三网络设备发送(UE context rlease message),以便第三网络设备释放终端设备的上下文以及第一I-RNTI,以节约资源;否则,可以不用向第三网络设备发送该终端设备上下文释放消息,以便终端设备重选到第二网络设备(具体请参考如下S402、步骤1中的相关介绍)的小区后,第二网络设备根据该第一I-RNTI能够找到第三网络设备,并从第三网络设备获得终端设备的上下文。此外,若第一网络设备接收到上述的第二数据,则可以在接收到该路径切换请求确认消息之后,便向UPF网元(图4中未示出)发送该第二数据。Further, if the first network device receives the path switching request confirmation message from the AMF network element, and the terminal device is still resident in the cell of the first network device, it can send (UE context rlease message) to the third network device, So that the third network device releases the context of the terminal device and the first I-RNTI to save resources; otherwise, it is not necessary to send the terminal device context release message to the third network device, so that the terminal device can be reselected to the second network device (specifically Please refer to the following cell in S402, step 1), the second network device can find the third network device according to the first I-RNTI, and obtain the context of the terminal device from the third network device. In addition, if the first network device receives the above-mentioned second data, it may send the second data to the UPF network element (not shown in FIG. 4 ) after receiving the path switching request confirmation message.
应理解,上述内容是以站间小区重选为例进行介绍,即第一网络设备与第三网络设备是不同的网络设备,但并不作为限定。比如,若终端设备在第三网络设备的站内 执行小区重选,则第三网络设备可以接收到来自终端设备的上述第一RRC消息,并利用上述第一密钥以及预先保存的终端设备的上下文,与终端设备正常通信。It should be understood that the above content is introduced by taking the inter-site cell reselection as an example, that is, the first network device and the third network device are different network devices, but this is not a limitation. For example, if the terminal device performs cell reselection in the station of the third network device, the third network device may receive the above-mentioned first RRC message from the terminal device, and use the above-mentioned first key and the pre-stored context of the terminal device , communicate with the terminal device normally.
S402,终端设备从第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区。S402, the terminal device reselects from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device.
示例性地,若终端设备在数据传输结束或者恢复至连接态之前,执行小区重选,如从第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,则保持在非激活态,而不会释放到空闲态。第二网络设备与第一网络设备可以是不同的网络设备。Exemplarily, if the terminal device performs cell reselection, such as reselection from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device, before the data transmission ends or is restored to the connected state, the terminal device remains in the inactive state instead of will be released to idle state. The second network device and the first network device may be different network devices.
其中,终端设备在数据传输结束或者恢复至连接态之前执行小区重选,并保持在非激活态的具体实现可以参考下述第二种实现场景中的相关内容。The specific implementation of the terminal device performing cell reselection before the data transmission ends or before returning to the connected state and remains in the inactive state may refer to the following related content in the second implementation scenario.
可选地,在图4所示出的实施例的第一种实现场景中,S402之后,该方法还可以包括:步骤1,终端设备向第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息,第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二RRC消息。Optionally, in the first implementation scenario of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , after S402, the method may further include: Step 1, the terminal device sends a second RRC message to the second network device, and the second network device sends a second RRC message to the second network device. A second RRC message from the terminal device is received.
其中,第二RRC消息可以是RRC恢复请求消息,包括:上述第一I-RNTI和第一截短的MAC-I。其中,第一截短的MAC-I可以用于安全性验证,是终端设备根据第二相关参数以及上述第一密钥确定的,长度也可以是16个比特。Wherein, the second RRC message may be an RRC recovery request message, including: the above-mentioned first I-RNTI and the first truncated MAC-I. The first truncated MAC-I can be used for security verification, and is determined by the terminal device according to the second related parameter and the above-mentioned first key, and the length can also be 16 bits.
其中,上述第二相关参数可以包括:终端设备在第一网络设备的小区驻留时使用的C-RNTI、第一网络设备的小区的PCI、第二网络设备的小区的cell-ID。其中,第二网络设备的小区为终端设备当前驻留的小区。The above-mentioned second related parameters may include: C-RNTI used by the terminal device when camping on the cell of the first network device, PCI of the cell of the first network device, and cell-ID of the cell of the second network device. The cell of the second network device is the cell where the terminal device currently resides.
第二RRC消息可以用于终端设备在非激活态下传输第三数据。其中,第三数据可以是终端设备用于早传的数据,与第二数据可以相同或者也可以不同。The second RRC message may be used by the terminal device to transmit third data in an inactive state. The third data may be data used by the terminal device for early transmission, and may be the same as or different from the second data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以打包第二RRC消息和第三数据,以生成MAC层的PDU,然后再通过物理层发送给,从而实现数据早传。或者,在另一种可能的实现方式中,第三数据也可以包含在第二RRC消息中。应理解,第二RRC消息不仅可以用于上述数据传输,第二RRC消息还可以用于终端设备请求从非激活态恢复至连接态。比如,终端设备可以单独发送第二RRC消息而不携带第三数据,以请求从非激活态恢复至连接态。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device may package the second RRC message and the third data to generate a PDU of the MAC layer, and then send it to the PDU through the physical layer, thereby realizing early data transmission. Or, in another possible implementation manner, the third data may also be included in the second RRC message. It should be understood that the second RRC message may not only be used for the above-mentioned data transmission, but also may be used for the terminal device to request to restore from the inactive state to the connected state. For example, the terminal device may send the second RRC message alone without carrying the third data, so as to request to restore from the inactive state to the connected state.
此外,终端设备在发送第二RRC消息后,还可利用终端设备的上下文中的算法以及预先保留的第一NCC,执行水平推演,从而获得密钥Kg NB3,以根据该密钥Kg NB3推演出K_RRCint 3、密钥K_RRCenc 3、密钥K_UPenc 3和密钥K_UPint 3,并删除上一次推演出的密钥K_RRCint 2(第一密钥)、密钥K_RRCenc 2、密钥K_UPenc 2和密钥K_UPint 2In addition, after the terminal device sends the second RRC message, it can also use the algorithm in the context of the terminal device and the pre-reserved first NCC to perform horizontal deduction, so as to obtain the key Kg NB3 , which can be deduced according to the key Kg NB3 K_RRCint 3 , key K_RRCenc 3 , key K_UPenc 3 , and key K_UPint 3 , and delete key K_RRCint 2 (first key), key K_RRCenc 2 , key K_UPenc 2 , and key K_UPint 2 from the last derivation .
进一步地,若第二网络设备接收到第二RRC消息,则可根据第二RRC消息中的第一I-RNTI,确定锚点网络设备为第三网络设备,从而向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息,如可通过Xn接口向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息。其中,该上下文恢复请求消息可以携带第一I-RNTI、第一截短的MAC-I以及第二网络设备的小区的PCI。如此,第三网络设备可以根据该上下文恢复请求消息,确定是否有第一I-RNTI对应的上下文(终端设备的上下文),以及确定第一截短的MAC-I与第五截短的MAC-I是否一致。其中,第五截短的MAC-I可以是第三网络设备根据上述第二相关参数以及上述第一密钥确定的。Further, if the second network device receives the second RRC message, it can determine that the anchor network device is the third network device according to the first I-RNTI in the second RRC message, so as to send the context recovery to the third network device. For the request message, for example, a context recovery request message may be sent to the third network device through the Xn interface. The context recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI, the first truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the second network device. In this way, the third network device can determine whether there is a context corresponding to the first I-RNTI (the context of the terminal device) according to the context recovery request message, and determine the first truncated MAC-I and the fifth truncated MAC-I Is I consistent. The fifth truncated MAC-I may be determined by the third network device according to the second related parameter and the first key.
若第三网络设备确定第一截短的MAC-I与第五截短的MAC-I不一致,则表示验 证未通过,该方法的流程结束。若第三网络设备确定有第一截短的MAC-I与第五截短的MAC-I一致,则表示验证通过。如此,第三网络设备可以利用该上下文中的算法以及第一NCC,执行水平推演,以获得与K_RRCint 3相应的密钥,并向第二网络设备发送上下文恢复响应消息。其中,该相应的密钥可以是Kg NB3,或者,也可以为利用该Kg NB3推演出的密钥K_RRCint 3、密钥K_RRCenc 3、密钥K_UPenc 3和密钥K_UPint 3。其中,若相应的密钥是KgNB 3,则第二网络设备可利用该KgNB 3再推演出密钥K_RRCint 3、密钥K_RRCenc 3、密钥K_UPenc 3和密钥K_UPint 3。此外,该上下文恢复响应消息可以携带该相应的密钥、第一NCC以及终端设备的上下文,以便第二网络设备可以根据该相应的密钥、第一NCC以及终端设备的上下文与终端设备通信。 If the third network device determines that the first truncated MAC-I is inconsistent with the fifth truncated MAC-I, it indicates that the verification fails, and the process of the method ends. If the third network device determines that the first truncated MAC-I is consistent with the fifth truncated MAC-I, it indicates that the verification is passed. In this way, the third network device can use the algorithm in the context and the first NCC to perform horizontal deduction to obtain a key corresponding to K_RRCint 3 , and send a context recovery response message to the second network device. The corresponding key may be Kg NB3 , or may also be the key K_RRCint 3 , the key K_RRCenc 3 , the key K_UPenc 3 , and the key K_UPint 3 derived by using the Kg NB3 . Wherein, if the corresponding key is KgNB 3 , the second network device can use the KgNB 3 to deduce the key K_RRCint 3 , the key K_RRCenc 3 , the key K_UPenc 3 and the key K_UPint 3 again. In addition, the context recovery response message may carry the corresponding key, the first NCC and the context of the terminal device, so that the second network device can communicate with the terminal device according to the corresponding key, the first NCC and the context of the terminal device.
应理解,在上述步骤1中,由于终端设备执行小区重选后的锚点网络设备仍为第三网络设备,故可以避免切换锚点网络设备带来的资源开销,进一步提高通信效率。It should be understood that in the above step 1, since the anchor network device after the terminal device performs cell reselection is still the third network device, the resource overhead caused by switching the anchor network device can be avoided, and the communication efficiency can be further improved.
可选地,在图4所示出的实施例的第一种实现场景中,步骤1之后,该方法还可以包括:步骤2,第二网络设备向第三网络设备发送第二信息,第三网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的第二信息。Optionally, in the first implementation scenario of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , after step 1, the method may further include: step 2, the second network device sends second information to the third network device, and the third The network device receives the second information from the second network device.
其中,第二信息可用于请求终端设备的第一数据,可携带在地址指示(address indication)消息中,包括如下一项或多项:终端设备的标识、第一地址或第二地址。其中,根据上述S401中的相关介绍可知,第一数据可以是第一网络设备从第三网络设备,和/或,从核心网获得的数据。第一地址可以是第二网络设备为终端设备的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流分配的地址,第二地址可以是第二网络设备为该QoS流映射的数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB)分配的地址。Wherein, the second information can be used to request the first data of the terminal device, and can be carried in an address indication (address indication) message, including one or more of the following: the identification of the terminal device, the first address or the second address. Wherein, according to the relevant introduction in S401 above, it can be known that the first data may be data obtained by the first network device from the third network device and/or from the core network. The first address may be an address allocated by the second network device for a quality of service (quality of service, QoS) flow of the terminal device, and the second address may be a data radio bearer (data radio bearer) mapped by the second network device for the QoS flow, DRB) assigned address.
其中,第二网络设备在接收到来自终端设备的上下文恢复响应消息后,可以根据上下文恢复响应消息中的上下文,向第三网络设备发送第二信息,如可通过Xn接口向第三网络设备发送携带该第二信息的地址指示消息。如此,第三网络设备可根据第二信息,指示第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送该第一数据。Wherein, after receiving the context recovery response message from the terminal device, the second network device may send the second information to the third network device according to the context in the context recovery response message, for example, may send the second information to the third network device through the Xn interface An address indication message carrying the second information. In this way, the third network device may instruct the first network device to send the first data to the second network device according to the second information.
一种可能的实现方式中,第三网络设备在接收到第二信息后,可以向第二网络设备转发该第二信息,如通过Xn接口向第二网络设备转发携带该第二信息的地址指示消息。这样,第二网络设备接收到第二信息后,便可根据第二信息中终端设备的标识找到对应的第一数据。相应地,第一网络设备可以根据第一地址向第二网络设备发送第一数据中QoS流对应的数据,和/或,根据第二地址向第二网络设备发送第一数据中DRB对应的数据。In a possible implementation manner, after receiving the second information, the third network device may forward the second information to the second network device, such as forwarding the address indication carrying the second information to the second network device through the Xn interface. information. In this way, after receiving the second information, the second network device can find the corresponding first data according to the identifier of the terminal device in the second information. Correspondingly, the first network device may send the data corresponding to the QoS flow in the first data to the second network device according to the first address, and/or send the data corresponding to the DRB in the first data to the second network device according to the second address .
另一种可能的实现方式中,第三网络设备在接收到第二信息后,可以向第二网络设备发送第三网络设备的地址以及终端设备的标识。其中,第三网络设备的地址可以是互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址,该地址以及标识可以携带在地址指示消息中,该地址指示消息可以通过Xn接口向第一网络设备发送。相应地,第二网络设备接收到该地址以及标识后,可根据该标识找到对应的第一数据,并根据该地址向第三网络设备发送该第一数据。如此,第三网络便可根据第二信息中的第一地址,向发送第二网络设备发送该第一数据中QoS流对应的数据,和/或,根据第二指示信息中的第二地址,向发送第二网络设备发送该第一数据中DRB对应的数据。In another possible implementation manner, after receiving the second information, the third network device may send the address of the third network device and the identifier of the terminal device to the second network device. Wherein, the address of the third network device may be an internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address, the address and the identifier may be carried in an address indication message, and the address indication message may be sent to the first network device through the Xn interface. Correspondingly, after receiving the address and the identifier, the second network device can find the corresponding first data according to the identifier, and send the first data to the third network device according to the address. In this way, the third network can send the data corresponding to the QoS flow in the first data to the sending second network device according to the first address in the second information, and/or, according to the second address in the second indication information, Send the data corresponding to the DRB in the first data to the sending second network device.
最终,第二网络设备接收到来自第一网络设备的第一数据,并向终端设备发送该第一数据,以实现数据重传,从而避免数据丢失。Finally, the second network device receives the first data from the first network device, and sends the first data to the terminal device to implement data retransmission, thereby avoiding data loss.
可选地,在图4所示出的实施例的第二种实现场景中,S401之后,且S402之前,该方法还可以包括:步骤3,第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。Optionally, in the second implementation scenario of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , after S401 and before S402, the method may further include: Step 3, the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device, and the terminal The device receives the first information from the first network device.
示例性地,第一信息可以包括:第二I-RNTI和第二NCC。Exemplarily, the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
其中,第二I-RNTI可以是第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的,与终端设备的上下文对应并指示该上下文保存在第一网络设备,且与上述第一I-RNTI相同或者不同。第二NCC可以用于密钥推演,是第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的,且与上述第一NCC相同或者不同。The second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device, corresponds to the context of the terminal device and indicates that the context is stored in the first network device, and is the same as the above-mentioned first I-RNTI or different. The second NCC may be used for key derivation, is allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device, and is the same as or different from the above-mentioned first NCC.
在收到第一信息后,若终端设备在数据传输结束或者恢复至连接态之前执行小区重选,则保持在非激活态。After receiving the first information, if the terminal device performs cell reselection before data transmission ends or before returning to the connected state, the terminal device remains in the inactive state.
可选地,第一信息承载于RRC释放消息中,此时,第一信息还可以包括:指示信息。其中,指示信息可以是一个字段,如一个比特长度的字段,用于指示终端设备收到此RRC释放消息后存储第二I-RNTI和第二NCC,而不需要终止当前的RRC连接,继续当前的数据传输过程。Optionally, the first information is carried in the RRC release message, and at this time, the first information may further include: indication information. The indication information may be a field, such as a field with a length of one bit, used to instruct the terminal device to store the second I-RNTI and the second NCC after receiving the RRC release message, without terminating the current RRC connection and continuing the current data transfer process.
示例性地,第一信息的生成方式可以有两种,可以是第三网络设备生成,或者,也可以是第一网络设备生成。下面分别予以介绍。Exemplarily, the first information may be generated in two ways, which may be generated by a third network device, or may also be generated by a first network device. They are introduced separately below.
a、第一网络设备生成a. The first network device generates
本申请实施例中,若第一网络设备接收到来自终端设备的第一RRC消息,则可以生成携带该第一信息的第一消息,并向终端设备发送该第一消息,从而实现向终端设备发送第一信息。其中,该第一消息可以是如下任一项:RRC消息,如RRC释放消息、媒体存取控制位址控制信元(media access control address control element,MAC CE)消息或下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)消息。In this embodiment of the present application, if the first network device receives the first RRC message from the terminal device, it may generate a first message carrying the first information, and send the first message to the terminal device, so as to send the first message to the terminal device. Send the first message. Wherein, the first message can be any of the following: RRC message, such as RRC release message, media access control address control element (media access control address control element, MAC CE) message or downlink control information (downlink control information) , DCI) message.
b、第三网络设备生成b. The third network device generates
结合上述S401中的相关介绍,第三网络设备在验证第一I-RNTI和第一截短的MAC-I的通过后,可以生成第一信息,并向第一网络设备发送携带该第一信息的上下文恢复响应消息。其中,该第一信息可以直接携带到上下文恢复响应消息中,或者,该第一信息可以携带第五RRC消息中,如RRC释放消息,而该第五RRC消息可以继续封装到上下文恢复响应消息中。相应地,第一网络设备接收到的上下文恢复响应消息则可以包括第一信息或者包括携带该第一信息的第五RRC消息。如此,第一网络设备通过解析上下文恢复响应消息,不仅可以获得上述推演出的密钥以及终端设备的上下文,还可以直接获得该第一信息或者携带该第一信息的第五RRC消息,进一步减少资源开销,并进一步提高通信效率。With reference to the relevant introduction in the above S401, after verifying the passage of the first I-RNTI and the first truncated MAC-I, the third network device may generate the first information, and send the first information to the first network device carrying the first information The context recovery response message. The first information may be directly carried in the context recovery response message, or the first information may be carried in a fifth RRC message, such as an RRC release message, and the fifth RRC message may be further encapsulated in the context recovery response message . Correspondingly, the context recovery response message received by the first network device may include the first information or include a fifth RRC message carrying the first information. In this way, by parsing the context recovery response message, the first network device can not only obtain the deduced key and the context of the terminal device, but also directly obtain the first information or the fifth RRC message carrying the first information, further reducing resource overhead and further improve communication efficiency.
进一步地,若第一网络设备从上下文恢复响应消息中直接获得上述的第五RRC消息,则可以直接向终端设备转发该第五RRC消息。若第一网络设备从上下文恢复响应消息中直接获得上述的第一信息,则可以生成携带该第一信息的第二消息,并向终端设备发送该第二消息。其中,第二消息与第一消息可以是相同或者不同的消息,且第二消息也可以是如下任一项:RRC消息,如RRC释放消息、MAC CE消息或 DCI消息。Further, if the first network device directly obtains the above-mentioned fifth RRC message from the context recovery response message, it can directly forward the fifth RRC message to the terminal device. If the first network device directly obtains the above-mentioned first information from the context recovery response message, it may generate a second message carrying the first information, and send the second message to the terminal device. Wherein, the second message and the first message may be the same or different messages, and the second message may also be any of the following: an RRC message, such as an RRC release message, a MAC CE message, or a DCI message.
如此,终端设备可以实现在重选到第二网络设备的小区后,仍继续保持在非激活态。In this way, the terminal device can continue to remain in the inactive state after reselection to the cell of the second network device.
需要说明的是,按照现有的协议流程,若终端设备在发送第一RRC消息后未执行小区重选,则第一网络设备可以在第一RRC消息之后,如数据传输结束或者恢复至连接态后,向终端设备发送RRC释放消息,以通过该RRC释放消息携带的I-RNTI和NCC来指示数据传输结束或者恢复至连接态。而不同的是,本申请是在数据传输结束或者恢复至连接态之前,第一网络设备便向终端设备发送第一信息,通过提前发送第二I-RNTI和第二NCC的方式来指示终端设备保持在非激活态,以便终端设备在执行小区重选前后,可以根据预先获得的第二I-RNTI和第二NCC继续传输数据,以有效提高数据传输效率。当然,在发送第一信息后,若终端设备未执行小区重选,则第一网络设备在数据传输结束或者恢复至连接态后,仍可以按照现有协议流程向终端设备发送RRC释放消息,以指示数据传输结束或者已恢复连接态。It should be noted that, according to the existing protocol flow, if the terminal device does not perform cell reselection after sending the first RRC message, the first network device may, after the first RRC message, for example, end data transmission or return to the connected state. Afterwards, an RRC release message is sent to the terminal device, so as to indicate the end of data transmission or return to the connected state through the I-RNTI and NCC carried in the RRC release message. The difference is that in this application, the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device before the data transmission ends or returns to the connected state, and instructs the terminal device by sending the second I-RNTI and the second NCC in advance. Remaining in the inactive state, so that the terminal device can continue to transmit data according to the second I-RNTI and the second NCC obtained in advance before and after performing cell reselection, so as to effectively improve the data transmission efficiency. Of course, after sending the first information, if the terminal device does not perform cell reselection, the first network device may still send an RRC release message to the terminal device according to the existing protocol flow after data transmission ends or after the data transmission is restored to the connected state, so as to Indicates that the data transfer is over or the connection state has been restored.
此外,终端设备保持在非激活态的上述实现方式是以消息指示为例,但并不作为限定,比如,终端设备也可以通过协议预定义的方式自动保持在非激活态,而不需要网络设备给出指示。In addition, the above implementation manner in which the terminal device is kept in the inactive state is based on the message indication as an example, but it is not limited. For example, the terminal device can also be automatically kept in the inactive state in a way predefined by the protocol, without the need for a network device. give instructions.
可选地,在图4所示出的实施例的第二种实现场景中,S402之后,该方法还可以包括:步骤4,终端设备向第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息,第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二RRC消息。Optionally, in the second implementation scenario of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , after S402, the method may further include: Step 4, the terminal device sends a second RRC message to the second network device, and the second network device A second RRC message from the terminal device is received.
示例性地,第二RRC消息可以包括:上述第二I-RNTI以及第二截短的MAC-I。其中,第二截短的MAC-I可以是终端设备根据上述第二相关参数以及第二密钥确定的,长度可以是16个比特。Exemplarily, the second RRC message may include: the above-mentioned second I-RNTI and the second truncated MAC-I. The second truncated MAC-I may be determined by the terminal device according to the above-mentioned second related parameters and the second key, and the length may be 16 bits.
其中,第二密钥可以是终端设备根据第一信息中的第二NCC以及终端设备的上下文中的算法确定的,比如,终端设备可利用终端设备的上下文中的算法以及第二NCC,执行水平或垂直推演,从而获得密钥Kg NB4,以根据该密钥Kg NB4推演出K_RRCint 4(第二密钥)、密钥K_RRCenc 4、密钥K_UPenc 4和密钥K_UPint 4,并删除上一次推演出的密钥K_RRCint 2(第一密钥)、密钥K_RRCenc 2、密钥K_UPenc 2和密钥K_UPint 2The second key may be determined by the terminal device according to the second NCC in the first information and the algorithm in the context of the terminal device. For example, the terminal device may use the algorithm in the context of the terminal device and the second NCC to execute the level of or vertical deduction, so as to obtain the key Kg NB4 to deduce K_RRCint 4 (the second key), the key K_RRCenc 4 , the key K_UPenc 4 and the key K_UPint 4 according to the key Kg NB4 , and delete the last deduction key K_RRCint 2 (first key), key K_RRCenc 2 , key K_UPenc 2 and key K_UPint 2 .
此外,终端设备在发送第二RRC消息后,还可利用终端设备的上下文以及第二NCC执行水平推演,从而获得密钥Kg NB5,以根据密钥Kg NB5推演出K_RRCint 5、密钥K_RRCenc 5、密钥K_UPenc 5和密钥K_UPint 5,并删除K_RRCint 4(第二密钥)、密钥K_RRCenc 4、密钥K_UPenc 4和密钥K_UPint 4In addition, after the terminal device sends the second RRC message, it can also perform horizontal deduction by using the context of the terminal device and the second NCC, so as to obtain the key Kg NB5 , so as to deduce K_RRCint 5 , the key K_RRCenc 5 , the key K_RRCenc 5 , key K_UPenc 5 and key K_UPint 5 , and delete K_RRCint 4 (second key), key K_RRCenc 4 , key K_UPenc 4 and key K_UPint 4 .
进一步地,若第二网络设备接收到来自终端设备的第二RRC消息,则可以根据第二RRC消息中的第二I-RNTI,确定锚点网络设备为第一网络设备。如此,第一网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息,如通过Xn接口向第一网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息。其中,该上下文恢复请求消息可以携带第二I-RNTI、第二截短的MAC-I以及第二网络设备的小区的PCI。相应地,第一网络设备可以根据上下文恢复请求消息,确定是否有第二I-RNTI对应的上下文(终端设备的上下文),以及确定第二截短的MAC-I与第六截短的MAC-I是否一致。其中,第六截短 的MAC-I可以是第一网络设备根据上述第二相关参数以及第二密钥确定的,第二密钥则是第一网络设备根据终端设备的上下文中的算法以及第二NCC确定的。Further, if the second network device receives the second RRC message from the terminal device, it may determine that the anchor network device is the first network device according to the second I-RNTI in the second RRC message. In this way, the first network device may send a context recovery request message to the first network device, such as sending a context recovery request message to the first network device through the Xn interface. The context recovery request message may carry the second I-RNTI, the second truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the second network device. Correspondingly, the first network device can determine whether there is a context corresponding to the second I-RNTI (the context of the terminal device) according to the context recovery request message, and determine the second truncated MAC-I and the sixth truncated MAC-I Is I consistent. The sixth truncated MAC-I may be determined by the first network device according to the above-mentioned second related parameters and the second key, and the second key may be determined by the first network device according to the algorithm in the context of the terminal device and the second key. 2. NCC determined.
若第一网络设备确定没有第二I-RNTI对应的上下文,和/或,第二截短的MAC-I与第六截短的MAC-I不一致,则表示验证未通过,该方法的流程结束。若第一网络设备确定有第二I-RNTI对应的上下文,且第二截短的MAC-I与第六截短的MAC-I一致,则表示验证通过。如此,第一网络设备也可以利用该上下文以及第二NCC执行水平推演,以获得与K_RRCint 5相应的密钥,并向第二网络设备发送上下文恢复响应消息。其中,与K_RRCint 5相应的密钥可以为K gNB5,或者,为利用该K gNB5推演出的密钥K_RRCint 5、密钥K_RRCenc 5、密钥K_UPenc 5和密钥K_UPint 5。其中,若第一网络设备推演出K gNB5,则第二网络设备可以利用该K gNB5再推演出密钥K_RRCint 5、密钥K_RRCenc 5、密钥K_UPenc 5和密钥K_UPint 5。其中,该上下文恢复响应消息可以携带该相应的密钥、第二NCC以及终端设备的上下文,以便第二网络设备可以根据该相应的密钥、第二NCC以及终端设备的上下文与终端设备通信。此外,若第一网络设备保存有终端设备的第四数据,则在验证通过后,第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送该第四数据,以便第二网络设备向终端设备转发该第四数据。其中,第四数据可以是第一网络设备从核心网网元,如从UPF网元接收的终端设备的业务数据,且与上述第一数据可以是相同或者不同的数据。 If the first network device determines that there is no context corresponding to the second I-RNTI, and/or the second truncated MAC-I is inconsistent with the sixth truncated MAC-I, it means that the verification fails, and the process of the method ends. . If the first network device determines that there is a context corresponding to the second I-RNTI, and the second truncated MAC-I is consistent with the sixth truncated MAC-I, it indicates that the verification is passed. In this way, the first network device may also perform horizontal deduction by using the context and the second NCC to obtain a key corresponding to K_RRCint 5 , and send a context recovery response message to the second network device. The key corresponding to K_RRCint 5 may be K gNB5 , or the key K_RRCint 5 , the key K_RRCenc 5 , the key K_UPenc 5 , and the key K_UPint 5 derived by using the K gNB5 . Wherein, if the first network device deduces K gNB5 , the second network device can use the K gNB5 to deduce the key K_RRCint 5 , the key K_RRCenc 5 , the key K_UPenc 5 and the key K_UPint 5 again. The context recovery response message may carry the corresponding key, the second NCC and the context of the terminal device, so that the second network device can communicate with the terminal device according to the corresponding key, the second NCC and the context of the terminal device. In addition, if the first network device stores the fourth data of the terminal device, after the verification is passed, the first network device can send the fourth data to the second network device, so that the second network device can forward the fourth data to the terminal device. data. The fourth data may be service data of the terminal device received by the first network device from a core network element, such as a UPF network element, and may be the same or different data from the above-mentioned first data.
进一步地,若第二网络设备接收到来自第三网络设备的上下文恢复响应消息,则可根据上下文恢复响应消息中终端设备的上下文,向AMF网元发送路径切换请求消息。如此,AMF网元便可以根据该路径切换请求消息,修改UPF网元上的承载,如将该承载由“终端设备→第一网络设备→UPF网元”修改为“终端设备→第二网络设备→UPF网元”,以便第二网络设备可以接收来自核心网的终端设备的第四数据,并向终端设备转发。然后,AMF网元可以向第二网络设备发送路径切换请求确认消息,以告知第二网络设备路径切换完成。其中,由于第二网络设备获得终端设备的上下文,故可认为终端设备的锚点网络设备从第一网络设备改变为第二网络设备。Further, if the second network device receives the context recovery response message from the third network device, it can send a path switching request message to the AMF network element according to the context of the terminal device in the context recovery response message. In this way, the AMF network element can modify the bearer on the UPF network element according to the path switching request message. For example, the bearer is changed from "terminal device→first network device→UPF network element" to "terminal device→second network device" →UPF network element", so that the second network device can receive the fourth data from the terminal device of the core network and forward it to the terminal device. Then, the AMF network element may send a path switching request confirmation message to the second network device to inform the second network device that the path switching is completed. Wherein, since the second network device obtains the context of the terminal device, it can be considered that the anchor network device of the terminal device is changed from the first network device to the second network device.
进一步地,若第二网络设备接收到来自AMF网元的路径切换请求确认消息,则可以向第一网络设备发送终端设备上下文释放消息,以便第一网络设备释放终端设备的上下文以及第二I-RNTI,以节约资源,降低开销。此外,若第二网络设备接收到上述的第三数据,则第二网络设备在接收到该路径切换请求确认消之后,便可以向UPF网元发送该第三数据。Further, if the second network device receives the path switching request confirmation message from the AMF network element, it can send the terminal device context release message to the first network device, so that the first network device releases the context of the terminal device and the second I- RNTI to save resources and reduce overhead. In addition, if the second network device receives the above-mentioned third data, the second network device may send the third data to the UPF network element after receiving the confirmation of the path switching request.
需要说明的是,步骤4中的内容是以站间小区重选为例进行介绍,即第一网络设备与第二网络设备是不同的网络设备,但并不作为限定。比如,若终端设备在第一网络设备的站内执行小区重选,则第一网络设备可以接收来自终端设备的上述第二RRC消息,并使用上述密钥以及预先保存的终端设备的上下文与终端设备正常通信,而无需向其他网络设备请求终端设备的上下文。It should be noted that the content in step 4 is introduced by taking the inter-site cell reselection as an example, that is, the first network device and the second network device are different network devices, but this is not a limitation. For example, if the terminal device performs cell reselection in the station of the first network device, the first network device may receive the above-mentioned second RRC message from the terminal device, and use the above-mentioned key and the pre-stored context of the terminal device and the terminal device Normal communication without requesting the context of the end device from other network devices.
可选地,在图4所示出的实施例的第二种实现场景中,步骤4之后,该方法还可以包括:步骤5,第二网络设备向终端设备发送第三RRC消息,终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的第三RRC消息。Optionally, in the second implementation scenario of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , after step 4, the method may further include: step 5, the second network device sends a third RRC message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the third RRC message. A third RRC message from the second network device.
其中,第三RRC消息可以是RRC释放消息,用于指示数据传输结束或者已恢复 连接态,以及还用于指示终端设备使用哪一对I-RNTI和NCC。Wherein, the third RRC message may be an RRC release message, which is used to indicate the end of data transmission or the connection state has been restored, and also used to indicate which pair of I-RNTI and NCC the terminal device uses.
具体地,第三RRC消息可以包括:第三I-RNTI和第三NCC。第三I-RNTI和第三NCC均可以为第二网络设备为终端设备分配的。其中,若第三I-RNTI与第二I-RNTI相同,则可以指示终端设备使用第二I-RNTI;或者,若第三I-RNTI与第二I-RNTI不同,则可以指示终端设备使用第三I-RNTI。其中,若第三NCC与第二NCC相同,则可以指示终端设备使用第二NCC;或者,若第三NCC与第二NCC不同,则可以指示终端设备使用第三NCC。如此,可根据实际应用场景,灵活指示终端设备更新或继续使用原有的I-RNTI,和/或,NCC。比如,若需要保障通信安全,则指示终端设备使用更新I-RNTI和NCC。又比如,若需要减少资源开销,则指示终端设备使用原有的I-RNTI和NCC,以避免更新I-RNTI,和/或,NCC所带来的资源开销。Specifically, the third RRC message may include: the third I-RNTI and the third NCC. Both the third I-RNTI and the third NCC may be allocated by the second network device to the terminal device. Wherein, if the third I-RNTI is the same as the second I-RNTI, the terminal device may be instructed to use the second I-RNTI; or, if the third I-RNTI is different from the second I-RNTI, the terminal device may be instructed to use the second I-RNTI Third I-RNTI. Wherein, if the third NCC is the same as the second NCC, the terminal device may be instructed to use the second NCC; or, if the third NCC is different from the second NCC, the terminal device may be instructed to use the third NCC. In this way, the terminal device can be flexibly instructed to update or continue to use the original I-RNTI and/or NCC according to the actual application scenario. For example, if communication security needs to be guaranteed, the terminal device is instructed to use the updated I-RNTI and NCC. For another example, if the resource overhead needs to be reduced, the terminal device is instructed to use the original I-RNTI and NCC to avoid the resource overhead caused by updating the I-RNTI and/or NCC.
可选地,在图4所示出的实施例的第三种实现场景中,该方法还可以包括:步骤6,终端设备向第二网络设备发送分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)状态报告,第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的PDCP状态报告。Optionally, in the third implementation scenario of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the method may further include: Step 6, the terminal device sends a packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) to the second network device. Status report, the second network device receives the PDCP status report from the terminal device.
其中,PDCP状态报告中记录有终端设备未接收到的数据。终端设备可以将RRC消息,如第二RRC消息,与PDCP状态报告与打包发送,从而减少信令开销,以进一步提高通信效率。或者,终端设备也可以单独向第二网络设备发送该PDCP状态报告,以实现更灵活的发送。Wherein, the PDCP status report records data that the terminal device has not received. The terminal device can package and send the RRC message, such as the second RRC message, with the PDCP status report, thereby reducing signaling overhead and further improving communication efficiency. Alternatively, the terminal device can also send the PDCP status report to the second network device independently, so as to realize more flexible sending.
进一步地,根据上述第一种和第二种实现场景可知,在不同的实现场景下,终端设备接收的数据也对应不同。因此,下面分别结合上述第一种和第二种实现场景,对第二网络设备如何处理PDCP状态报告进行介绍。Further, according to the above-mentioned first and second implementation scenarios, it can be known that in different implementation scenarios, the data received by the terminal device corresponds to different. Therefore, the following describes how the second network device processes the PDCP status report in combination with the first and second implementation scenarios described above.
结合上述第一种实现场景,第二网络设备在接收到来自终端设备的PDCP状态报告后,可以向第三网络设备转发该PDCP状态报告。比如,第二网络设备可以向第三网络设备发送包括该PDCP状态报告的上下文恢复请求消息,或者,可以向第三网络设备发送包括该PDCP状态报告的地址指示消息,以实现信令的复用,进一步减少资源开销,并进一步提高通信效率。此外,第二网络设备也可以单独向第三网络设备发送该PDCP状态报告,以实现更灵活的发送。In combination with the above-mentioned first implementation scenario, after receiving the PDCP status report from the terminal device, the second network device may forward the PDCP status report to the third network device. For example, the second network device may send a context recovery request message including the PDCP status report to the third network device, or may send an address indication message including the PDCP status report to the third network device to implement signaling multiplexing , further reducing resource overhead and further improving communication efficiency. In addition, the second network device may also send the PDCP status report to the third network device independently, so as to realize more flexible sending.
一种可能的实现方式中,第三网络设备在接收到来自第二网络设备的PDCP状态报告后,可以继续向第一网络设备转发该PDCP状态报告,以便第一网络设备可以根据PDCP状态报告,如根据PDCP状态报告中的FMC字段以及位图(Bitmap)字段,向第二网络设备或第三网络设备发送上述第一数据中终端设备未接收的数据。In a possible implementation manner, after receiving the PDCP status report from the second network device, the third network device may continue to forward the PDCP status report to the first network device, so that the first network device can, according to the PDCP status report, For example, according to the FMC field and the bitmap (Bitmap) field in the PDCP status report, the data that is not received by the terminal device in the first data is sent to the second network device or the third network device.
进一步地,若第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送该未接收的数据,则第二网络设备可直接向终端设备转发该未接收的数据。若第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送该未接收的数据,则第三网络设备可以先向第二网络设备转发该未接收的数据,以便第二网络设备再向终端设备转发该未接收的数据。Further, if the first network device sends the unreceived data to the second network device, the second network device may directly forward the unreceived data to the terminal device. If the first network device sends the unreceived data to the third network device, the third network device may first forward the unreceived data to the second network device, so that the second network device can then forward the unreceived data to the terminal device data.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第三网络设备在接收到来自第二网络设备的PDCP状态报告后,可以保存该PDCP状态报告,以便第三网络设备在接收到来自第一网络设备的第一数据后,可以根据根据PDCP状态报告直接向终端设备发送该未接收的数据。In another possible implementation manner, after receiving the PDCP status report from the second network device, the third network device may save the PDCP status report, so that the third network device can save the PDCP status report after receiving the first network device from the first network device. After the data is received, the unreceived data can be directly sent to the terminal device according to the PDCP status report.
结合上述第二种实现场景,第二网络设备在接收到该PDCP状态报告后,可以根据PDCP状态报告,向终端设备发送上述第四数据中终端设备未接收的数据。其中,上述第四数据可以是第二网络设备从第一网络设备,和/或,从核心网获得的数据。In combination with the second implementation scenario above, after receiving the PDCP status report, the second network device may send, according to the PDCP status report, data that is not received by the terminal device in the fourth data to the terminal device. The above-mentioned fourth data may be data obtained by the second network device from the first network device and/or from the core network.
以上结合图4,对本申请提供的通信方法的原理进行了介绍,下面结合图5和图6具体介绍该方法在实际场景中的应用。The principle of the communication method provided by the present application has been introduced above with reference to FIG. 4 , and the application of the method in practical scenarios will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 .
请参阅图5,图5示出了通信方法在第一应用场景下的流程示意图。在图5中,UE为上述的终端设备,第一gNB为上述的第一网络设备,第二gNB为上述的第二网络设备,第二gNB为上述的第三网络设备。此外,如图5所示,适用于该第一应用场景下的设备还可以包括如下一项或多项:UPF网元、AMF网元、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元(图5中未示出)、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元(图5中未示出)、统一数据存储库(unified data repository,UDR)网元(图5中未示出)、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元(图5中未示出)等。其中,AMF网元也可以对应更换为移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)网元UPF网元也可以对应更换为服务网关(serving gateway,S-GW)网元,对此不予限定。Please refer to FIG. 5 , which shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method in a first application scenario. In FIG. 5 , the UE is the above-mentioned terminal equipment, the first gNB is the above-mentioned first network equipment, the second gNB is the above-mentioned second network equipment, and the second gNB is the above-mentioned third network equipment. In addition, as shown in FIG. 5 , the equipment suitable for the first application scenario may also include one or more of the following: a UPF network element, an AMF network element, and a policy control function (PCF) network element (Fig. 5), a session management function (SMF) network element (not shown in Figure 5), a unified data repository (unified data repository, UDR) network element (not shown in Figure 5), Unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element (not shown in FIG. 5 ), etc. The AMF network element may also be correspondingly replaced with a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) network element and the UPF network element may also be correspondingly replaced with a serving gateway (serving gateway, S-GW) network element, which is not limited.
如图5所示,该第一应用场景下,通信方法可以包括:As shown in FIG. 5 , in the first application scenario, the communication method may include:
S501,第三gNB向UE发送第一RRC释放消息,第三gNB接收来自UE的第一RRC释放消息。S501, the third gNB sends a first RRC release message to the UE, and the third gNB receives the first RRC release message from the UE.
其中,第一RRC释放消息可以携带上述第一I-RNTI和第一NCC,第三gNB为终端设备的锚点网络设备。The first RRC release message may carry the above-mentioned first I-RNTI and the first NCC, and the third gNB is the anchor network device of the terminal device.
S502,UE从连接态释放到非激活态。S502, the UE is released from the connected state to the inactive state.
其中,UE释放到非激活态后,UE可保留自身的上下文和密钥K_RRCint1。Wherein, after the UE is released to the inactive state, the UE can retain its own context and key K_RRCint1.
S503,UE从第三gNB的小区重选到第一gNB的小区。S503, the UE reselects from the cell of the third gNB to the cell of the first gNB.
其中,UE重选到第一gNB的小区后,仍保持在非激活态。The UE remains in the inactive state after reselecting to the cell of the first gNB.
S504,UE向第一gNB发送第一RRC恢复请求消息,第一gNB接收来自UE的第一RRC恢复请求消息。S504, the UE sends a first RRC recovery request message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first RRC recovery request message from the UE.
其中,第一RRC恢复请求消息可以携带第一I-RNTI以及第三截短的MAC-I。第三截短的MAC-I可以是UE根据第三gNB的小区配置参数以及密钥K_RRCint1确定的。The first RRC recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI and the third truncated MAC-I. The third truncated MAC-I may be determined by the UE according to the cell configuration parameters of the third gNB and the key K_RRCint1.
S505,UE确定密钥K_RRCint2。S505, the UE determines the key K_RRCint2.
S506,第一gNB向第三gNB发送第一上下文恢复请求消息,第三gNB接收来自第一gNB的第一上下文恢复请求消息。S506, the first gNB sends a first context recovery request message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the first context recovery request message from the first gNB.
其中,第一上下文恢复请求消息可以携带第一I-RNTI、第三截短的MAC-I以及第一gNB的小区的PCI。其中,S505与S506的执行顺序不限定。The first context recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI, the third truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the first gNB. The execution order of S505 and S506 is not limited.
S507,第三gNB确定与UE相应的密钥。S507, the third gNB determines the key corresponding to the UE.
其中,第三gNB确定该相应的密钥的具体实现可以参考上述S401中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The specific implementation of determining the corresponding key by the third gNB may refer to the relevant content in the above S401, which will not be repeated here.
S508,第三gNB向第一gNB发送第一上下文恢复响应消息,第一gNB接收来自第三gNB的第一上下文恢复响应消息。S508, the third gNB sends a first context recovery response message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first context recovery response message from the third gNB.
其中,第一上下文恢复响应消息可以携带UE的上下文以及S507中确定的密钥。The first context recovery response message may carry the context of the UE and the key determined in S507.
S509,第一gNB向第三gNB发送第一地址指示消息,第三gNB接收来自第一gNB的第一地址指示消息。S509, the first gNB sends a first address indication message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the first address indication message from the first gNB.
S510,第三gNB向第一gNB发送第一下行数据,第一gNB接收来自第三gNB向的第一下行数据。S510, the third gNB sends the first downlink data to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first downlink data from the third gNB.
S511,第一gNB向UE发送第一下行数据。S511, the first gNB sends the first downlink data to the UE.
其中,S510-S511为可选步骤。若第三gNB预先获得第一下行数据,如预先接收来自核心网的该第一下行数据,则可以执行S510-S511,否则,可以不用执行S510-S511。Among them, S510-S511 are optional steps. If the third gNB obtains the first downlink data in advance, such as receiving the first downlink data from the core network in advance, S510-S511 may be performed, otherwise, S510-S511 may not be performed.
S512,第一gNB向AMF网元发送第一路径切换请求消息。S512, the first gNB sends a first path switching request message to the AMF network element.
S513,AMF网元修改UPF网元上UE的承载。S513, the AMF network element modifies the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element.
其中,UPF网元上UE的承载可以由“UE→第三gNB→UPF网元”修改为“UE→第一gNB→UPF网元”。The bearer of the UE on the UPF network element may be changed from "UE→third gNB→UPF network element" to "UE→first gNB→UPF network element".
S514,第一gNB接收来自AMF网元发送第一路径切换请求确认消息。S514, the first gNB receives the first path switching request confirmation message sent from the AMF network element.
S515,第一gNB向UPF网元发送第一上行数据。S515, the first gNB sends the first uplink data to the UPF network element.
其中,S515为可选步骤。若UE在S504中复用第一RRC恢复请求消息向第一gNB发送第一上行数据,则第一gNB可执行S515;否则,无需执行S515。Wherein, S515 is an optional step. If the UE multiplexes the first RRC recovery request message to send the first uplink data to the first gNB in S504, the first gNB can perform S515; otherwise, it is not necessary to perform S515.
S516,第一gNB接收来自UPF网元的第二下行数据。S516, the first gNB receives the second downlink data from the UPF network element.
S517,第一gNB向UE发送第二下行数据。S517, the first gNB sends the second downlink data to the UE.
其中,S516-S517为可选步骤。若UPF网元接收到来自核心网的第二下行数据,则可以执行S516-S517,否则,可以不用执行S516-S517。此外,S509-S511与S512-S517的执行顺序不限定,S515和S516的执行顺序也不限定。Among them, S516-S517 are optional steps. If the UPF network element receives the second downlink data from the core network, S516-S517 may be executed, otherwise, S516-S517 may not be executed. In addition, the execution order of S509-S511 and S512-S517 is not limited, and the execution order of S515 and S516 is also not limited.
需要说明的是,S501-S517的具体实现可以参考上述S401中的相关内容,以及S509的具体实现还可以参考上述步骤2中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the specific implementation of S501-S517, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing S401, and for the specific implementation of S509, reference may also be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 2, which will not be repeated here.
S518,UE从第一gNB的小区重选到第二gNB的小区。S518, the UE reselects from the cell of the first gNB to the cell of the second gNB.
其中,UE可以根据协议预定义的流程,在重选到第二gNB的小区后,仍保持在非激活态。此外,S518与S505-S517的执行顺序不限定。此外,若UE在S511,和/或,S517之后执行S518,则第一gNB可以执行S511,和/或,S517;若UE在S511,和/或,S517之前执行S518,则因UE已经不在第一gNB的小区驻留,故第一gNB无法执行S511,和/或,S517。The UE may remain in the inactive state after reselection to the cell of the second gNB according to the procedure predefined in the protocol. In addition, the execution order of S518 and S505-S517 is not limited. In addition, if the UE executes S518 after S511 and/or S517, the first gNB may execute S511 and/or S517; if the UE executes S518 before S511 and/or S517, because the UE is no longer in the first gNB A cell of a gNB camps on, so the first gNB cannot perform S511 and/or S517.
S519,UE向第二gNB发送第二RRC恢复请求消息,第二gNB接收来自UE的第二RRC恢复请求消息。S519, the UE sends a second RRC recovery request message to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the second RRC recovery request message from the UE.
其中,第二RRC恢复请求消息可以携带第一I-RNTI以及第一截短的MAC-I。第一截短的MAC-I可以是UE根据第一gNB的小区配置参数以及密钥K_RRCint2确定的。The second RRC recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI and the first truncated MAC-I. The first truncated MAC-I may be determined by the UE according to the cell configuration parameters of the first gNB and the key K_RRCint2.
S520,UE向第二gNB发送PDCP状态报告,第二gNB接收来自UE的PDCP状态报告。S520, the UE sends a PDCP status report to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the PDCP status report from the UE.
其中,S520为可选步骤。比如,若需要降低数据量,以确保通信效率,则可以 执行S520。又比如,若需要避免数据丢失,以确保通信可靠性,则可以不用执行S520。Wherein, S520 is an optional step. For example, if the amount of data needs to be reduced to ensure communication efficiency, S520 may be executed. For another example, if data loss needs to be avoided to ensure communication reliability, S520 may not be performed.
S521,UE确定密钥K_RRCint3。S521, the UE determines the key K_RRCint3.
S522,第二gNB向第三gNB发送第二上下文恢复请求消息,第三gNB接收来自第二gNB的第二上下文恢复请求消息。S522, the second gNB sends a second context recovery request message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the second context recovery request message from the second gNB.
其中,第二上下文恢复请求消息可以携带第一I-RNTI、第一截短的MAC-I以及第二gNB的小区的PCI。其中,S521与S522的执行顺序不限定。The second context recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI, the first truncated MAC-I and the PCI of the cell of the second gNB. The execution order of S521 and S522 is not limited.
S523,第二gNB向第三gNB发送PDCP状态报告,第三gNB接收来自第二gNB的PDCP状态报告。S523, the second gNB sends a PDCP status report to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the PDCP status report from the second gNB.
其中,S523为可选步骤。根据上述S520可知,若UE执行S520,则第二gNB相应执行S523,否则,第二gNB可以不执行S523。Wherein, S523 is an optional step. According to the above S520, if the UE executes S520, the second gNB correspondingly executes S523; otherwise, the second gNB may not execute S523.
S524,第三gNB确定与UE相应的密钥。S524, the third gNB determines the key corresponding to the UE.
其中,第三gNB确定该相应的密钥的具体实现可以参考上述步骤1中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for the specific implementation of determining the corresponding key by the third gNB, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 1, and details are not repeated here.
S525,第三gNB向第二gNB发送第二上下文恢复响应消息,第二gNB接收来自第三gNB的第二上下文恢复响应消息。S525, the third gNB sends a second context recovery response message to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the second context recovery response message from the third gNB.
其中,第二上下文恢复响应消息可以携带UE的上下文以及S523中确定的密钥。The second context recovery response message may carry the context of the UE and the key determined in S523.
S526,第二gNB向第三gNB发送第二地址指示消息,第三gNB接收来自第二gNB的第二地址指示消息。S526, the second gNB sends the second address indication message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the second address indication message from the second gNB.
其中,第二地址指示消息可以携带UE的标识、上述第一地址以及上述第二地址。The second address indication message may carry the identifier of the UE, the above-mentioned first address and the above-mentioned second address.
需要说明的是,S519、S521、S522、S524以及S525的具体实现可以参考上述步骤1,以及S520、S523和S526的具体实现可以参考上述步骤6中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific implementation of S519, S521, S522, S524 and S525 can refer to the above step 1, and the specific implementation of S520, S523 and S526 can refer to the relevant content in the above step 6, which will not be repeated here.
进一步地,根据上述步骤6中的相关内容可知,针对第一gNB上的第一下行数据和第二下行数据,可以由第一gNB向第二gNB发送,或者,也可以由第三gNB向第二gNB发送。下面分别介绍。Further, according to the relevant content in the above step 6, it can be known that the first downlink data and the second downlink data on the first gNB can be sent by the first gNB to the second gNB, or can also be sent by the third gNB to the second gNB. The second gNB sends. They are introduced separately below.
一方面,第一gNB向第二gNB发送下行数据的具体流程,可以包括下述S527-S529:On the one hand, the specific process for the first gNB to send downlink data to the second gNB may include the following S527-S529:
S527,第三gNB向第一gNB发送第二地址指示消息,第二gNB接收来自第三gNB的第二地址指示消息。S527, the third gNB sends the second address indication message to the first gNB, and the second gNB receives the second address indication message from the third gNB.
S528,第三gNB向第一gNB发送PDCP状态报告,第一gNB接收来自第三gNB的PDCP状态报告。S528, the third gNB sends a PDCP status report to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the PDCP status report from the third gNB.
其中,S528为可选步骤。根据上述S523可知,若第二gNB执行S523,则第三gNB相应执行S528,否则,第三gNB可以不执行S528。Wherein, S528 is an optional step. According to the above S523, if the second gNB executes S523, the third gNB correspondingly executes S528; otherwise, the third gNB may not execute S528.
S529,第一gNB向第二gNB发送第一下行数据和第二下行数据,或者,发送第一下行数据和第二下行数据中终端设备未接收的第三下行数据;第二gNB接收来自第一gNB的第一下行数据和第二下行数据,或者,接收第三下行数据。S529, the first gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the second gNB, or sends the third downlink data that is not received by the terminal device in the first downlink data and the second downlink data; the second gNB receives the The first downlink data and the second downlink data of the first gNB, or receive the third downlink data.
其中,若第一gNB获得上述PDCP状态报告,则第一gNB可向第二gNB发送上述第三下行数据,否则,第一gNB向第二gNB发送上述第一下行数据和第二下行数据。Wherein, if the first gNB obtains the PDCP status report, the first gNB can send the third downlink data to the second gNB; otherwise, the first gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the second gNB.
其中,S527-S529的具体实现可以参考上述步骤6中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。For the specific implementation of S527-S529, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 6, which will not be repeated here.
其中,第三gNB向第二gNB发送下行数据的具体流程,可以包括下述S530-S533:Wherein, the specific process of the third gNB sending downlink data to the second gNB may include the following S530-S533:
S530,第三gNB向第一gNB发送第三地址指示消息,第一gNB接收来自第三gNB的第三地址指示消息。S530, the third gNB sends a third address indication message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the third address indication message from the third gNB.
其中,第三地址指示消息可以携带UE的标识,以及第三gNB的地址。The third address indication message may carry the identity of the UE and the address of the third gNB.
S531,第三gNB向第一gNB发送PDCP状态报告,第一gNB接收来自第三gNB的PDCP状态报告。S531, the third gNB sends a PDCP status report to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the PDCP status report from the third gNB.
其中,S531为可选步骤。比如,若需要降低数据量,以确保通信效率,则可以执行S531。又比如,若需要避免数据丢失,以确保通信可靠性,则可以不用执行S531。Wherein, S531 is an optional step. For example, if the amount of data needs to be reduced to ensure communication efficiency, S531 may be executed. For another example, if data loss needs to be avoided to ensure communication reliability, S531 may not be performed.
S532,第一gNB向第三gNB发送第一下行数据和第二下行数据,或者,发送上述第三下行数据;第三gNB接收来自第一gNB的第一下行数据和第二下行数据,或者,接收上述第三下行数据。S532, the first gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the third gNB, or sends the third downlink data; the third gNB receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the first gNB, Or, the above-mentioned third downlink data is received.
其中,若第三gNB执行S531,则第三gNB可直接接收上述第三下行数据,否则,第三gNB接收上述第一下行数据和第二下行数据。Wherein, if the third gNB executes S531, the third gNB can directly receive the third downlink data; otherwise, the third gNB receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data.
S533,第三gNB向第二gNB发送第一下行数据和第二下行数据,或者,发送上述第三下行数据;第二gNB接收来自第三gNB的第一下行数据和第二下行数据,或者,接收上述第三下行数据。S533, the third gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the second gNB, or sends the third downlink data; the second gNB receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the third gNB, Or, the above-mentioned third downlink data is received.
其中,若第三gNB直接接收上述第三下行数据,或者,第三gNB保存有上述PDCP状态报告,则第三gNB可向第二gNB发送上述第三下行数据,否则,第三gNB向第二gNB发送上述第一下行数据和第二下行数据。Wherein, if the third gNB directly receives the above-mentioned third downlink data, or the third gNB saves the above-mentioned PDCP status report, the third gNB can send the above-mentioned third downlink data to the second gNB, otherwise, the third gNB sends the above-mentioned third downlink data to the second gNB. The gNB sends the above-mentioned first downlink data and second downlink data.
另一方面,S530-S533的具体实现可以参考上述步骤6中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。On the other hand, for the specific implementation of S530-S533, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 6, and details are not repeated here.
S534,第二gNB向UE发送第一下行数据和第二下行数据,或者,发送上述第三下行数据;UE接收来自第二gNB的第一下行数据和第二下行数据,或者,接收上述第三下行数据。S534, the second gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the UE, or sends the third downlink data; the UE receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the second gNB, or receives the above-mentioned third downlink data; The third downstream data.
其中,若UE执行S520,使得第二gNB获得上述PDCP状态报告,则第二gNB可向UE发送上述第三下行数据,否则,第二gNB向UE发送上述第一下行数据和第二下行数据。Wherein, if the UE executes S520, so that the second gNB obtains the PDCP status report, the second gNB can send the third downlink data to the UE, otherwise, the second gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the UE .
S535,第二gNB向AMF网元发送第二路径切换请求消息。S535, the second gNB sends a second path switching request message to the AMF network element.
S536,AMF网元修改UPF网元上UE的承载。S536, the AMF network element modifies the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element.
其中,UPF网元上UE的承载可以由“UE→第一gNB→UPF网元”修改为“UE→第二gNB→UPF网元”。The bearer of the UE on the UPF network element may be modified from "UE→first gNB→UPF network element" to "UE→second gNB→UPF network element".
S537,第二gNB接收来自AMF网元发送第二路径切换请求确认消息。S537, the second gNB receives the second path switching request confirmation message sent from the AMF network element.
S538,第二gNB向UE发送RRC释放消息,UE接收来自第二gNB的RRC释放消息。S538, the second gNB sends an RRC release message to the UE, and the UE receives the RRC release message from the second gNB.
其中,S534与S535-S537的执行顺序不限定。S534的具体实现可以参考上述步骤6中的相关内容,S535-S538的具体实现可以参考上述S401以及步骤5中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The execution order of S534 and S535-S537 is not limited. For the specific implementation of S534, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 6, and for the specific implementation of the S535-S538, reference may be made to the foregoing S401 and the relevant content in the step 5, which will not be repeated here.
请参阅图6,图6示出了通信方法在第二应用场景下的流程示意图。在图6中,UE为上述的终端设备,第一gNB为上述的第一网络设备,第二gNB为上述的第二网络设备,第二gNB为上述的第三网络设备。此外,如图6所示,适用于该第一应用场景下的设备还可以包括如下一项或多项:AMF网元、UPF网元、UPF网元、AMF网元(图6中未示出)、PCF网元(图6中未示出)、SMF网元(图6中未示出)、UDR网元(图6中未示出)、UDM网元(图6中未示出)等。Please refer to FIG. 6, which shows a schematic flowchart of the communication method in the second application scenario. In FIG. 6 , the UE is the above-mentioned terminal equipment, the first gNB is the above-mentioned first network equipment, the second gNB is the above-mentioned second network equipment, and the second gNB is the above-mentioned third network equipment. In addition, as shown in FIG. 6 , the equipment suitable for the first application scenario may also include one or more of the following: AMF network element, UPF network element, UPF network element, and AMF network element (not shown in FIG. 6 ) ), PCF network element (not shown in Figure 6), SMF network element (not shown in Figure 6), UDR network element (not shown in Figure 6), UDM network element (not shown in Figure 6), etc. .
示例性地,该第二应用场景下,通信方法的流程可以包括:Exemplarily, in the second application scenario, the flow of the communication method may include:
S601,第三gNB向UE发送第一RRC释放消息,第三gNB接收来自UE的第一RRC释放消息。S601, the third gNB sends a first RRC release message to the UE, and the third gNB receives the first RRC release message from the UE.
其中,第一RRC释放消息可以携带上述第一I-RNTI和第一NCC,第三gNB为终端设备的锚点网络设备。The first RRC release message may carry the above-mentioned first I-RNTI and the first NCC, and the third gNB is the anchor network device of the terminal device.
S602,UE从连接态释放到非激活态。S602, the UE is released from the connected state to the inactive state.
其中,UE释放到非激活态后,UE可保留自身的上下文和密钥K_RRCint1。Wherein, after the UE is released to the inactive state, the UE can retain its own context and key K_RRCint1.
S603,UE从第三gNB的小区重选到第一gNB的小区。S603, the UE reselects from the cell of the third gNB to the cell of the first gNB.
其中,UE重选到第一gNB的小区后,仍保持在非激活态。The UE remains in the inactive state after reselecting to the cell of the first gNB.
S604,UE向第一gNB发送第一RRC恢复请求消息,第一gNB接收来自UE的第一RRC恢复请求消息。S604, the UE sends a first RRC recovery request message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first RRC recovery request message from the UE.
其中,第一RRC恢复请求消息可以携带第一I-RNTI以及第三截短的MAC-I。第三截短的MAC-I可以是UE根据第三gNB的小区配置参数以及密钥K_RRCint1确定的。The first RRC recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI and the third truncated MAC-I. The third truncated MAC-I may be determined by the UE according to the cell configuration parameters of the third gNB and the key K_RRCint1.
S605,UE确定密钥K_RRCint2。S605, the UE determines the key K_RRCint2.
S606,第一gNB向第三gNB发送第一上下文恢复请求消息,第三gNB接收来自第一gNB的第一上下文恢复请求消息。S606, the first gNB sends the first context recovery request message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the first context recovery request message from the first gNB.
S607,第三gNB确定与UE相应的密钥。S607, the third gNB determines the key corresponding to the UE.
其中,第一上下文恢复请求消息可以携带第一I-RNTI、第三截短的MAC-I以及第一gNB的小区的PCI。此外,S605与S606的执行顺序不限定。S601-S607的具体实现可以参考上述S401中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The first context recovery request message may carry the first I-RNTI, the third truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the first gNB. In addition, the execution order of S605 and S606 is not limited. For the specific implementation of S601-S607, reference may be made to the relevant content in the above-mentioned S401, which will not be repeated here.
进一步地,根据上述步骤3中的相关内容可知,上述第一信息的生成方式可以有两种,可以是第三gNB生成,或者,也可以是第一gNB生成。下面分别介绍。Further, according to the relevant content in the above step 3, it can be known that the above-mentioned first information can be generated in two ways, which can be generated by the third gNB, or can also be generated by the first gNB. They are introduced separately below.
一方面,第一gNB生成上述第一信息的具体流程,可以包括下述S608-S609:On the one hand, the specific process of generating the above-mentioned first information by the first gNB may include the following S608-S609:
S608,第三gNB生成上述第一信息。S608, the third gNB generates the above-mentioned first information.
其中,S607与S608的执行顺序不限定。The execution order of S607 and S608 is not limited.
S609,第三gNB向第一gNB发送第一上下文恢复响应消息,第一gNB接收来自第三gNB的第一上下文恢复响应消息。S609, the third gNB sends a first context recovery response message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first context recovery response message from the third gNB.
其中,第一上下文恢复响应消息可以携带UE的上下文、S608中确定的第一信息,以及S607中确定的密钥。此外,S608-S609的具体实现可以参考上述步骤3中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The first context recovery response message may carry the context of the UE, the first information determined in S608, and the key determined in S607. In addition, for the specific implementation of S608-S609, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 3, which will not be repeated here.
一方面,第二gNB生成上述第一信息的具体流程,可以包括下述S610-S611:On the one hand, the specific process of generating the above-mentioned first information by the second gNB may include the following S610-S611:
S610,第一gNB生成上述第一信息。S610, the first gNB generates the above-mentioned first information.
其中,上述第一信息可以包括第二I-RNTI和第二NCC。S610与S607的执行顺序不限定。The above-mentioned first information may include the second I-RNTI and the second NCC. The execution order of S610 and S607 is not limited.
S611,第三gNB向第一gNB发送第一上下文恢复响应消息,第一gNB接收来自第三gNB的第一上下文恢复响应消息。S611, the third gNB sends a first context recovery response message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first context recovery response message from the third gNB.
其中,第一上下文恢复响应消息可以携带UE的上下文以及S607中确定的密钥。此外,S610-S611的具体实现可以参考上述步骤3中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The first context recovery response message may carry the context of the UE and the key determined in S607. In addition, for the specific implementation of S610-S611, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 3, which will not be repeated here.
S612,第一gNB向UE发送第一RRC释放消息。S612, the first gNB sends a first RRC release message to the UE.
其中,第一RRC释放消息可以携带第一信息。S612的具体实现可以参考上述步骤3中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The first RRC release message may carry the first information. For the specific implementation of S612, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 3, which will not be repeated here.
S613,第一gNB向第三gNB发送第一地址指示消息,第三gNB接收来自第一gNB的第一地址指示消息。S613, the first gNB sends the first address indication message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the first address indication message from the first gNB.
S614,第三gNB向第一gNB发送第一下行数据,第一gNB接收来自第三gNB向的第一下行数据。S614, the third gNB sends the first downlink data to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first downlink data from the third gNB.
其中,S614为可选步骤。若第三gNB预先获得第一下行数据,如预先接收来自核心网的该第一下行数据,则可以执行S614,否则,可以不用执行S614。Wherein, S614 is an optional step. If the third gNB obtains the first downlink data in advance, such as receiving the first downlink data from the core network in advance, S614 may be performed, otherwise, S614 may not be performed.
S615,第一gNB向AMF网元发送第一路径切换请求消息。S615, the first gNB sends a first path switching request message to the AMF network element.
S616,AMF网元修改UPF网元上UE的承载。S616, the AMF network element modifies the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element.
其中,UPF网元上UE的承载可以由“UE→第三gNB→UPF网元”修改为“UE→第一gNB→UPF网元”。The bearer of the UE on the UPF network element may be changed from "UE→third gNB→UPF network element" to "UE→first gNB→UPF network element".
S617,第一gNB接收来自AMF网元发送第一路径切换请求确认消息。S617, the first gNB receives the first path switching request confirmation message sent from the AMF network element.
S618,第一gNB向第三gNB发送第二RRC释放消息,第三gNB接收来自第一gNB的第二RRC释放消息。S618, the first gNB sends a second RRC release message to the third gNB, and the third gNB receives the second RRC release message from the first gNB.
S619,第一gNB接收来自UPF网元的第二下行数据。S619, the first gNB receives the second downlink data from the UPF network element.
其中,S612与S613-S619的执行顺序不限定,S613-S614、S615-S619的执行顺序也不限定。The execution order of S612 and S613-S619 is not limited, and the execution order of S613-S614 and S615-S619 is also not limited.
S620,第一gNB向UPF网元发送第一上行数据。S620, the first gNB sends the first uplink data to the UPF network element.
其中,S619与S620的执行顺序不限定。S619为可选步骤,若UPF网元接收到来自核心网的第二下行数据,则可以执行S619,否则,可以不用执行S619。S620也为可选步骤,若UE在S604中复用第一RRC恢复请求消息向第一gNB发送第一上行数据,则第一gNB可执行S620;否则,无需执行S620。此外,S613-S620的具体实现可以参考上述S401中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The execution order of S619 and S620 is not limited. S619 is an optional step. If the UPF network element receives the second downlink data from the core network, S619 may be executed, otherwise, S619 may not be executed. S620 is also an optional step. If the UE multiplexes the first RRC recovery request message in S604 to send the first uplink data to the first gNB, the first gNB can perform S620; otherwise, it is unnecessary to perform S620. In addition, for the specific implementation of S613-S620, reference may be made to the relevant content in the above-mentioned S401, which will not be repeated here.
S621,UE从第一gNB的小区重选到第二gNB的小区。S621, the UE reselects from the cell of the first gNB to the cell of the second gNB.
其中,UE可以根据第一信息的指示,在重选到第二gNB的小区后,仍保持在非 激活态。The UE may, according to the indication of the first information, remain in the inactive state after reselecting to the cell of the second gNB.
S622,UE向第二gNB发送第二RRC恢复请求消息,第二gNB接收来自UE的第二RRC恢复请求消息。S622, the UE sends a second RRC recovery request message to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the second RRC recovery request message from the UE.
其中,第二RRC恢复请求消息可以携带上述第二I-RNTI以及第二截短的MAC-I。第二截短的MAC-I可以是UE根据第二gNB的小区配置参数以及密钥K_RRCint4确定的。The second RRC recovery request message may carry the above-mentioned second I-RNTI and the second truncated MAC-I. The second truncated MAC-I may be determined by the UE according to the cell configuration parameters of the second gNB and the key K_RRCint4.
S623,UE向第二gNB发送PDCP状态报告,第二gNB接收来自UE的PDCP状态报告。S623, the UE sends a PDCP status report to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the PDCP status report from the UE.
其中,S623为可选步骤。比如,若需要降低数据量,以确保通信效率,则可以执行S623。又比如,若需要避免数据丢失,以确保通信可靠性,则可以不用执行S623。Wherein, S623 is an optional step. For example, if the amount of data needs to be reduced to ensure communication efficiency, S623 may be executed. For another example, if data loss needs to be avoided to ensure communication reliability, S623 may not be performed.
S624,UE确定密钥K_RRCint5。S624, the UE determines the key K_RRCint5.
S625,第二gNB向第一gNB发送第二上下文恢复请求消息,第一gNB接收来自第二gNB的第二上下文恢复请求消息。S625, the second gNB sends a second context recovery request message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the second context recovery request message from the second gNB.
其中,第二上下文恢复请求消息可以携带第二I-RNTI、第二截短的MAC-I以及第二gNB的小区的PCI。其中,S624与S625的执行顺序不限定。The second context recovery request message may carry the second I-RNTI, the second truncated MAC-I, and the PCI of the cell of the second gNB. The execution order of S624 and S625 is not limited.
S626,第二gNB向第一gNB发送PDCP状态报告,第一gNB接收来自第二gNB的PDCP状态报告。S626, the second gNB sends a PDCP status report to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the PDCP status report from the second gNB.
其中,S626为可选步骤。根据上述S623可知,若UE执行S623,则第二gNB相应执行S626,否则,第二gNB可以不执行S626。Among them, S626 is an optional step. According to the above S623, if the UE executes S623, the second gNB correspondingly executes S626; otherwise, the second gNB may not execute S626.
S627,第一gNB确定与UE相应的密钥。S627, the first gNB determines the key corresponding to the UE.
其中,第一gNB确定该相应的密钥的具体实现可以参考上述步骤4中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for the specific implementation of determining the corresponding key by the first gNB, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 4, and details are not described herein again.
S628,第一gNB向第二gNB发送第二上下文恢复响应消息,第二gNB接收来自第一gNB的第二上下文恢复响应消息。S628, the first gNB sends a second context recovery response message to the second gNB, and the second gNB receives the second context recovery response message from the first gNB.
其中,第二上下文恢复响应消息可以携带UE的上下文以及S627中确定的密钥。The second context recovery response message may carry the context of the UE and the key determined in S627.
S629,第二gNB向第一gNB发送第二地址指示消息,第一gNB接收来自第二gNB的第一地址指示消息。S629, the second gNB sends a second address indication message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the first address indication message from the second gNB.
其中,第二地址指示消息可以携带UE的标识、上述第一地址以及上述第二地址。The second address indication message may carry the identifier of the UE, the above-mentioned first address and the above-mentioned second address.
S630,第一gNB向第二gNB发送第一下行数据和/或第二下行数据,或者,发送第一下行数据和第二下行数据中终端设备未接收的第三下行数据;第一gNB接收来自第二NB的第一下行数据和第二下行数据,或者,接收第三下行数据。S630, the first gNB sends the first downlink data and/or the second downlink data to the second gNB, or sends the third downlink data in the first downlink data and the second downlink data that is not received by the terminal device; the first gNB Receive the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the second NB, or receive the third downlink data.
S631,第二gNB向UE发送第一下行数据和第二下行数据,或者,发送上述第三下行数据;UE接收来自第二NB的第一下行数据和第二下行数据,或者,接收第三下行数据。S631, the second gNB sends the first downlink data and the second downlink data to the UE, or sends the third downlink data; the UE receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the second NB, or receives the first downlink data and the second downlink data from the second NB. Three downlink data.
其中,S630-S631为可选步骤。若前述执行了S614和/或S619,则可以继续执行S630-S631,否则,可以不用执行S630-S631。此外,S623、S626、以及S629-S631 的具体实现可以参考上述步骤6中的相关内容,S622、S624、S625、S627、以及S628的具体实现可以参考上述步骤4中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Among them, S630-S631 are optional steps. If S614 and/or S619 are executed as described above, then S630-S631 may continue to be executed, otherwise, S630-S631 may not be executed. In addition, the specific implementation of S623, S626, and S629-S631 can refer to the relevant content in the above-mentioned step 6, and the specific implementation of S622, S624, S625, S627, and S628 can refer to the relevant content in the above-mentioned step 4, which is not repeated here. Repeat.
S632,第二gNB向AMF网元发送第二路径切换请求消息。S632, the second gNB sends a second path switching request message to the AMF network element.
S633,AMF网元修改UPF网元上UE的承载。S633, the AMF network element modifies the bearer of the UE on the UPF network element.
其中,UPF网元上UE的承载可以由“UE→第一gNB→UPF网元”修改为“UE→第二gNB→UPF网元”。The bearer of the UE on the UPF network element may be modified from "UE→first gNB→UPF network element" to "UE→second gNB→UPF network element".
S634,第二gNB接收来自AMF网元发送第二路径切换请求确认消息。S634, the second gNB receives the second path switching request confirmation message sent from the AMF network element.
S635,第二gNB向第一gNB发送第二RRC释放消息,第一gNB接收来自第二gNB的第二RRC释放消息。S635, the second gNB sends a second RRC release message to the first gNB, and the first gNB receives the second RRC release message from the second gNB.
S636,第二gNB向UE发送第三RRC释放消息,UE接收来自第三gNB的第二RRC释放消息。S636, the second gNB sends a third RRC release message to the UE, and the UE receives the second RRC release message from the third gNB.
其中,S629-S631与S632-S635的执行顺序不限定。S632-S635的具体实现可以参考上述步骤4中的相关内容,S636的具体实现可以参考上述步骤5中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The execution order of S629-S631 and S632-S635 is not limited. For the specific implementation of S632-S635, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 4, and for the specific implementation of S636, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing step 5, which will not be repeated here.
基于图4-图6中任一项所示出的通信方法,由于终端设备在向第一网络设备发送第一RRC消息后执行小区重选,仍可以保持在非激活态,使得终端设备在小区重选后仍可直接利用非激活态传输数据,以提高数据传输效率和可靠性。Based on the communication method shown in any one of FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 , since the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the first RRC message to the first network device, it can still remain in the inactive state, so that the terminal device is in the cell After reselection, data can still be directly transmitted in the inactive state, so as to improve the efficiency and reliability of data transmission.
以上结合图4-图6详细说明了本申请实施例提供的通信方法。以下结合图7-图8详细说明用于执行本申请实施例提供的通信方法的通信装置。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 . A communication apparatus for executing the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 7 to 8 .
示例性地,图7是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图一。如图7所示,通信装置700可以包括:处理模块701和收发模块702。为了便于说明,图7仅示出了该通信装置700的主要部件。Exemplarily, FIG. 7 is a first structural schematic diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , the communication apparatus 700 may include: a processing module 701 and a transceiver module 702 . For the convenience of description, FIG. 7 only shows the main components of the communication device 700 .
示例性地,通信装置700可适用于图2中所示出的通信系统中,执行图4中所示出的通信方法中终端设备的功能,或者,执行图5-图6中所示出的通信方法中UE的功能。Exemplarily, the communication apparatus 700 can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the communication method shown in FIG. 4 , or to perform the functions shown in FIGS. 5-6 . The function of the UE in the communication method.
其中,收发模块702,用于向第一网络设备发送第一无线资源控制RRC消息。处理模块701,用于通信装置执行从第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区。其中,通信装置保持在非激活态。The transceiver module 702 is configured to send the first radio resource control RRC message to the first network device. The processing module 701 is used for the communication apparatus to perform reselection from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device. Wherein, the communication device remains in an inactive state.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块702,还用于向第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息。其中,第二RRC消息可以包括:第一I-RNTI。第一I-RNTI可以为第三网络设备为通信装置分配的。第三网络设备可以为通信装置的锚点网络设备。其中,第二RRC消息还可以包括:第一截短的MAC-I。第一截短的MAC-I可以为根据第三网络设备的小区配置参数以及第一密钥确定的。第一密钥可以为根据第一NCC确定的。第一NCC为第三网络设备为通信装置分配的。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module 702 is further configured to send the second RRC message to the second network device. Wherein, the second RRC message may include: the first I-RNTI. The first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the communication apparatus. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the communication apparatus. Wherein, the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated MAC-I. The first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the third network device and the first key. The first key may be determined according to the first NCC. The first NCC is allocated to the communication apparatus by the third network device.
另一种可能的设计方案中,在处理模块701执行小区重选之前,收发模块702,还用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。其中,第一信息可以包括:第二I-RNTI和第二NCC。第二I-RNTI可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为通信装置分配的。第二NCC可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为通信装置分配的。第三网络设备可以为通信装置的锚点网络设备。In another possible design solution, before the processing module 701 performs cell reselection, the transceiver module 702 is further configured to receive the first information from the first network device. Wherein, the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC. The second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the communication apparatus. The second NCC may be allocated to the communication apparatus by the first network device or the third network device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the communication apparatus.
可选地,收发模块702,还用于向第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息。其中,第二RRC消息可以携带第二I-RNTI和第二截短的MAC-I。第二截短的MAC-I可以为根据第一网络设备的小区配置参数以及第二密钥确定的。第二密钥可以为根据第二NCC确定的。Optionally, the transceiver module 702 is further configured to send the second RRC message to the second network device. The second RRC message may carry the second I-RNTI and the second truncated MAC-I. The second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and the second key. The second key may be determined according to the second NCC.
可选地,收发模块702,还用于接收来自第二网络设备的第三RRC消息。其中,第三RRC消息可以包括:第三I-RNTI和第三NCC。第三I-RNTI和第三NCC可以为第二网络设备为通信装置分配的。第三I-RNTI可以与第二I-RNTI不同,和/或,第三NCC可以与第二NCC不同;或者,第三RRC消息指示通信装置使用第二I-RNTI和第二NCC。Optionally, the transceiver module 702 is further configured to receive a third RRC message from the second network device. Wherein, the third RRC message may include: the third I-RNTI and the third NCC. The third I-RNTI and the third NCC may be allocated by the second network device for the communication apparatus. The third I-RNTI may be different from the second I-RNTI, and/or the third NCC may be different from the second NCC; alternatively, the third RRC message instructs the communication apparatus to use the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
一种可能的设计方案中,收发模块702,还用于向第二网络设备发送分组数据汇聚协议PDCP状态报告。In a possible design solution, the transceiver module 702 is further configured to send a PDCP status report to the second network device.
可选地,收发模块702可以包括接收模块和发送模块(图7中未示出)。其中,接收模块用于实现通信装置700的接收功能,发送模块用于实现通信装置700的发送功能。Optionally, the transceiver module 702 may include a receiving module and a transmitting module (not shown in FIG. 7 ). The receiving module is used to implement the receiving function of the communication device 700 , and the transmitting module is used to implement the transmitting function of the communication device 700 .
可选地,通信装置700还可以包括存储模块(图7中未示出),该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块701执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置700可以执行图4所示出的通信方法中终端设备的功能,以及执行图5-图6所示出的通信方法中UE的功能。Optionally, the communication apparatus 700 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 7 ), where the storage module stores programs or instructions. When the processing module 701 executes the program or instruction, the communication apparatus 700 can perform the function of the terminal device in the communication method shown in FIG. 4 and the function of the UE in the communication method shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 6 .
应理解,通信装置700中涉及的处理模块701可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,可以为处理器或处理单元;收发模块702可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,可以为收发器或收发单元。It should be understood that the processing module 701 involved in the communication device 700 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit; the transceiver module 702 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver module Receiver or Transceiver Unit.
需要说明的是,通信装置700可以是终端设备,也可以是可设置于终端设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含终端设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device 700 may be a terminal device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in the terminal device, or a device including a terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
此外,通信装置700的技术效果可以参考第图4-图6中任一项所示出的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication apparatus 700, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method shown in any one of FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
示例性地,图8是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图二。如图8所示,通信装置800可以包括:接收模块801和发送模块802。为了便于说明,图8仅示出了该通信装置800的主要部件。Exemplarily, FIG. 8 is a second schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8 , the communication apparatus 800 may include: a receiving module 801 and a sending module 802 . For the convenience of description, FIG. 8 only shows the main components of the communication device 800 .
一些实施例中,通信装置800可适用于图2中所示出的通信系统中,执行图4中所示出的通信方法中第一网络设备的功能,或者,执行图5-图6中所示出的通信方法中gNB1的功能。In some embodiments, the communication apparatus 800 may be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 to perform the function of the first network device in the communication method shown in FIG. The function of gNB1 in the communication method shown.
其中,接收模块801,用于接收来自终端设备的第一RRC消息。其中,若终端设备在发送RRC消息后执行小区重选,则终端设备保持在非激活态。The receiving module 801 is configured to receive the first RRC message from the terminal device. Wherein, if the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the RRC message, the terminal device remains in an inactive state.
一种可能的设计方案中,终端设备从通信装置的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,发送模块802,用于向第二网络设备发送终端设备的第一数据。In a possible design solution, the terminal device is reselected from the cell of the communication apparatus to the cell of the second network device, and the sending module 802 is configured to send the first data of the terminal device to the second network device.
另一种可能的设计方案中,终端设备从通信装置的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,发送模块802,用于向第三网络设备发送终端设备的第一数据。其中,第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。In another possible design solution, the terminal device is reselected from the cell of the communication apparatus to the cell of the second network device, and the sending module 802 is configured to send the first data of the terminal device to the third network device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
一种可能的设计方案中,发送模块802,用于向终端设备发送第一信息。其中,第一信息可以包括:第二I-RNTI和第二NCC。第二I-RNTI可以为通信装置或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。第二NCC可以为通信装置或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。In a possible design solution, the sending module 802 is configured to send the first information to the terminal device. Wherein, the first information may include: the second I-RNTI and the second NCC. The second I-RNTI may be allocated to the terminal device by the communication apparatus or the third network device. The second NCC may be allocated to the terminal device by the communication apparatus or the third network device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
可选地,在发送模块802向终端设备发送第一信息之前,发送模块802,还用于向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息,以及发送模块801,还用于接收来自第三网络设备的上下文恢复响应消息。其中,第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。上下文恢复响应消息可以包括第一信息。Optionally, before the sending module 802 sends the first information to the terminal device, the sending module 802 is further configured to send a context recovery request message to the third network device, and the sending module 801 is further configured to receive a message from the third network device. Context recovery response message. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device. The context restoration response message may include the first information.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块801,还用于接收来自终端设备的PDCP状态报告。In a possible design solution, the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive the PDCP status report from the terminal device.
可选地,接收模块801和发送模块802也可以集成为一个模块,如收发模块(图8中未示出)。其中,收发模块用于实现通信装置800的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the receiving module 801 and the sending module 802 may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module (not shown in FIG. 8 ). The transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and the receiving function of the communication device 800 .
可选地,通信装置800还可以包括处理模块803(图8中以虚线框示出)。其中,处理模块803用于实现通信装置800的处理功能。Optionally, the communication apparatus 800 may further include a processing module 803 (shown with a dashed box in FIG. 8 ). The processing module 803 is used to implement the processing function of the communication device 800 .
可选地,通信装置800还可以包括存储模块(图8中未示出),该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当接收模块801执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置800可以执行图4所示出的通信方法中第一网络设备的功能,以及执行图5-图6所示出的通信方法中gNB1的功能。Optionally, the communication apparatus 800 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 8 ), where the storage module stores programs or instructions. When the receiving module 801 executes the program or instruction, the communication apparatus 800 can perform the function of the first network device in the communication method shown in FIG. 4 and the function of gNB1 in the communication method shown in FIG. 5-FIG. 6 . .
应理解,通信装置800中涉及的处理模块803可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,可以为处理器或处理单元;收发模块可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,可以为收发器或收发单元。It should be understood that the processing module 803 involved in the communication apparatus 800 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit; the transceiver module may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver or transceiver unit.
需要说明的是,通信装置800可以是网络设备,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device 800 may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in the network device, or a device including a network device, which is not limited in this application.
此外,通信装置800的技术效果可以参考第图4-图6中任一项所示出的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication apparatus 800, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method shown in any one of FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
另一些实施例中,通信装置800可适用于图2中所示出的通信系统中,执行图4中所示出的通信方法中第二网络设备的功能,或者,执行图5-图6中所示出的通信方法中gNB2的功能。In other embodiments, the communication apparatus 800 may be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 to perform the function of the second network device in the communication method shown in FIG. 4 , or to perform the functions of the second network device in the communication method shown in FIG. The functions of gNB2 in the communication method shown.
其中,发送模块802,用于向第三网络设备发送第二信息。接收模块801,用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一数据,以便发送模块802向终端设备发送第一数据。其中,第二信息用于请求终端设备的第一数据。第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。第一网络设备可以为终端设备重选到通信装置的小区之前驻留的小区对应的设备。The sending module 802 is configured to send the second information to the third network device. The receiving module 801 is configured to receive the first data from the first network device, so that the sending module 802 sends the first data to the terminal device. Wherein, the second information is used to request the first data of the terminal device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device. The first network device may be a device corresponding to a cell in which the terminal device reselection to the cell of the communication apparatus resides before.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块801,还用于接收来自终端设备的第二RRC消息。其中,第二RRC消息可以包括:第一I-RNTI。该第一I-RNTI可以为第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。以及,第二RRC消息还可以包括:第一截短的MAC-I。该第一截短的MAC-I可以为根据第三网络设备的小区配置参数以及第一密钥确定的,该第一密钥可以为根据第一NCC确定的。第一NCC可以为第三网络设备为终端 设备分配的。或者,第二RRC消息可以包括:第二I-RNTI。该第二I-RNTI可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。以及,第二RRC消息还可以包括:第二截短的MAC-I。该第二截短的MAC-I可以为根据第一网络设备的小区配置参数以及第二密钥确定的,该第二密钥可以为根据第二NCC确定的。第二NCC可以为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的。其中,第三网络设备可以为终端设备的锚点网络设备。In a possible design solution, the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive the second RRC message from the terminal device. Wherein, the second RRC message may include: the first I-RNTI. The first I-RNTI may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device. And, the second RRC message may further include: the first truncated MAC-I. The first truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the third network device and a first key, and the first key may be determined according to the first NCC. The first NCC may be allocated by the third network device to the terminal device. Alternatively, the second RRC message may include: the second I-RNTI. The second I-RNTI may be allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device. And, the second RRC message may further include: a second truncated MAC-I. The second truncated MAC-I may be determined according to a cell configuration parameter of the first network device and a second key, and the second key may be determined according to the second NCC. The second NCC may be allocated to the terminal device by the first network device or by the third network device. The third network device may be an anchor network device of the terminal device.
一种可能的设计方案中,接收模块801,还用于接收来自终端设备的PDCP状态报告。发送模块,还用于向第三网络设备发送PDCP状态报告,以便第三网络设备可以根据PDCP状态报告,向终端设备发送该终端设备未接收的数据。In a possible design solution, the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive the PDCP status report from the terminal device. The sending module is further configured to send the PDCP status report to the third network device, so that the third network device can send data that the terminal device has not received to the terminal device according to the PDCP status report.
可选地,发送模块802,还用于向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息。其中,上下文恢复请求消息可以包括PDCP状态报告。Optionally, the sending module 802 is further configured to send a context recovery request message to the third network device. Wherein, the context recovery request message may include a PDCP status report.
可选地,接收模块801和发送模块802也可以集成为一个模块,如收发模块(图8中未示出)。其中,收发模块用于实现通信装置800的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the receiving module 801 and the sending module 802 may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module (not shown in FIG. 8 ). The transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and the receiving function of the communication device 800 .
可选地,通信装置800还可以包括处理模块803(图8中以虚线框示出)。其中,处理模块803用于实现通信装置800的处理功能。Optionally, the communication apparatus 800 may further include a processing module 803 (shown with a dashed box in FIG. 8 ). The processing module 803 is used to implement the processing function of the communication device 800 .
可选地,通信装置800还可以包括存储模块(图8中未示出),该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当接收模块801执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置800可以执行图4所示出的通信方法中第二网络设备的功能,以及执行图5-图6所示出的通信方法中gNB2的功能。Optionally, the communication apparatus 800 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 8 ), where the storage module stores programs or instructions. When the receiving module 801 executes the program or instruction, the communication apparatus 800 can perform the function of the second network device in the communication method shown in FIG. 4 and the function of gNB2 in the communication method shown in FIG. 5-FIG. 6 .
应理解,通信装置800中涉及的处理模块803可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,可以为处理器或处理单元;收发模块可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,可以为收发器或收发单元。It should be understood that the processing module 803 involved in the communication apparatus 800 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit; the transceiver module may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver or transceiver unit.
需要说明的是,通信装置800可以是网络设备,也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含网络设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the communication device 800 may be a network device, a chip (system) or other components or components that can be provided in the network device, or a device including a network device, which is not limited in this application.
此外,通信装置800的技术效果可以参考第图4-图6中任一项所示出的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication apparatus 800, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method shown in any one of FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
示例性地,图9为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以是终端设备或网络设备,也可以是可设置于终端设备或网络设备的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件。如图9所示,通信装置900可以包括处理器901。可选地,通信装置900还可以包括存储器902和/或收发器903。其中,处理器901与存储器902和收发器903耦合,如可以通过通信总线连接。Exemplarily, FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be a terminal device or a network device, or may be a chip (system) or other components or assemblies that can be provided in the terminal device or the network device. As shown in FIG. 9 , the communication apparatus 900 may include a processor 901 . Optionally, the communication device 900 may further include a memory 902 and/or a transceiver 903 . Wherein, the processor 901 is coupled with the memory 902 and the transceiver 903, such as can be connected through a communication bus.
下面结合图9对通信装置900的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:Each component of the communication device 900 will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 9 :
其中,处理器901是通信装置900的控制中心,可以是一个处理器,也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如,处理器901是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),也可以是特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者是被配置成实施本申请实施例的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个微处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)。The processor 901 is the control center of the communication device 900, which may be one processor or a general term for multiple processing elements. For example, the processor 901 is one or more central processing units (central processing units, CPUs), may also be a specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or is configured to implement one or more of the embodiments of the present application An integrated circuit, such as: one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA).
可选地,处理器901可以通过运行或执行存储在存储器902内的软件程序,以及调用存储在存储器902内的数据,执行通信装置900的各种功能。Optionally, the processor 901 may execute various functions of the communication device 900 by running or executing software programs stored in the memory 902 and calling data stored in the memory 902 .
在具体的实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器901可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图9中所示出的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 901 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 9 .
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置900也可以包括多个处理器,例如图9中所示的处理器901和处理器904。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器(single-CPU),也可以是一个多核处理器(multi-CPU)。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication apparatus 900 may also include multiple processors, for example, the processor 901 and the processor 904 shown in FIG. 9 . Each of these processors can be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU). A processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
其中,所述存储器902用于存储执行本申请方案的软件程序,并由处理器901来控制执行,具体实现方式可以参考上述方法实施例,此处不再赘述。The memory 902 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled and executed by the processor 901. For the specific implementation, reference may be made to the above method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,存储器902可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器902可以和处理器901集成在一起,也可以独立存在,并通过通信装置900的接口电路(图9中未示出)与处理器901耦合,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Alternatively, memory 902 may be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types of static storage devices that can store information and instructions. Other types of dynamic storage devices for instructions, which may also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), or other optical disks storage, optical disc storage (including compact disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or capable of carrying or storing desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory 902 may be integrated with the processor 901, or may exist independently, and be coupled to the processor 901 through an interface circuit (not shown in FIG. 9) of the communication device 900, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
收发器903,用于与其他通信装置之间的通信。例如,通信装置900为终端设备,收发器903可以用于与网络设备通信,或者与另一个终端设备通信。又例如,数通信装置900为网络设备,收发器903可以用于与终端设备通信,或者与另一个网络设备通信。The transceiver 903 is used for communication with other communication devices. For example, the communication apparatus 900 is a terminal device, and the transceiver 903 may be used to communicate with a network device or communicate with another terminal device. For another example, the data communication apparatus 900 is a network device, and the transceiver 903 can be used to communicate with a terminal device or communicate with another network device.
可选地,收发器903可以包括接收器和发送器(图9中未单独示出)。其中,接收器用于实现接收功能,发送器用于实现发送功能。Optionally, transceiver 903 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not shown separately in FIG. 9). Among them, the receiver is used to realize the receiving function, and the transmitter is used to realize the sending function.
可选地,收发器903可以和处理器901集成在一起,也可以独立存在,并通过通信装置900的接口电路(图9中未示出)与处理器901耦合,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the transceiver 903 may be integrated with the processor 901, or may exist independently, and be coupled to the processor 901 through an interface circuit (not shown in FIG. 9 ) of the communication device 900, which is not made in this embodiment of the present application Specific restrictions.
需要说明的是,图9中示出的通信装置900的结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,实际的通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It should be noted that the structure of the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device, and an actual communication device may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or combine some components, or Different component arrangements.
此外,通信装置900的技术效果可以参考上述方法实施例所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication apparatus 900, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method described in the above method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,可以包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯片系统实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, which may include: a processor, where the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory is used for storing a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the processor causes the The chip system implements the method in any of the above method embodiments.
可选地,该芯片系统中的处理器可以为一个或多个。该处理器可以通过硬件实现也可以通过软件实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等。 当通过软件实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现。Optionally, the number of processors in the chip system may be one or more. The processor can be implemented by hardware or by software. When implemented in hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like. When implemented in software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor implemented by reading software codes stored in memory.
可选地,该芯片系统中的存储器也可以为一个或多个。该存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,也可以和处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。示例性的,存储器可以是非瞬时性处理器,例如只读存储器ROM,其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请对存储器的类型,以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不作具体限定。Optionally, there may also be one or more memories in the chip system. The memory may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. Exemplarily, the memory can be a non-transitory processor, such as a read-only memory ROM, which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be provided on different chips. The setting method of the processor is not particularly limited.
示例性的,该芯片系统可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。Exemplarily, the system-on-chip may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), It can also be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller). controller unit, MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
本申请实施例提供一种通信系统。该通信系统可以包括上述一个或多个终端设备,以及一个或多个网络设备。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication system. The communication system may include one or more terminal devices described above, and one or more network devices.
应理解,在本申请实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), special integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM) Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Fetch memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件(如电路)、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品可以包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施 例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware (eg, circuits), firmware, or any other combination. When implemented in software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product may comprise one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系,但也可能表示的是一种“和/或”的关系,具体可参考前后文进行理解。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this document is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time , there are three cases of B alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects before and after are an "or" relationship, but may also indicate an "and/or" relationship, which can be understood with reference to the context.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,可以包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "At least one item(s) below" or its similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, which may include any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s). For example, at least one item (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c may be single or multiple .
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,可以包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质可以包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, which can Several instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium may include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or CD, etc. that can store program codes. medium.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (32)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于终端设备或所述终端设备中的芯片,包括:A communication method, wherein the method is applied to a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device, comprising:
    向第一网络设备发送第一无线资源控制RRC消息;sending a first radio resource control RRC message to the first network device;
    从所述第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,其中,所述终端设备保持在非激活态。Reselection from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device, wherein the terminal device remains in an inactive state.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息;sending a second RRC message to the second network device;
    其中,所述第二RRC消息包括:第一非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,所述第一I-RNTI为第三网络设备为所述终端设备分配的,所述第三网络设备为所述终端设备的锚点网络设备;The second RRC message includes: a first inactive wireless network temporary identifier I-RNTI, the first I-RNTI is allocated by a third network device for the terminal device, and the third network device is the anchor network device of the terminal device;
    其中,所述第二RRC消息还包括:第一截短的完整性消息认证码MAC-I,所述第一截短的MAC-I为根据所述第三网络设备的小区配置参数以及第一密钥确定的,所述第一密钥为根据第一下一跳链计算NCC确定的,所述第一NCC为所述第三网络设备为所述终端设备分配的。The second RRC message further includes: a first truncated integrity message authentication code MAC-I, where the first truncated MAC-I is based on the cell configuration parameters of the third network device and the first truncated MAC-I. The key is determined, the first key is determined by calculating the NCC according to the first next-hop chain, and the first NCC is allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    在执行小区重选之前,接收来自所述第一网络设备的第一信息;before performing cell reselection, receiving first information from the first network device;
    其中,所述第一信息包括:第二I-RNTI和第二NCC,所述第二I-RNTI为所述第一网络设备或第三网络设备为所述终端设备分配的,所述第二NCC为所述第一网络设备或第三网络设备为所述终端设备分配的,所述第三网络设备为所述终端设备的锚点网络设备。The first information includes: a second I-RNTI and a second NCC, the second I-RNTI is allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device, and the second The NCC is allocated by the first network device or the third network device for the terminal device, and the third network device is an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息;sending a second RRC message to the second network device;
    其中,所述第二RRC消息携带所述第二I-RNTI和第二截短的MAC-I,所述第二截短的MAC-I为根据所述第一网络设备的小区配置参数以及第二密钥确定的,所述第二密钥为根据所述第二NCC确定的。The second RRC message carries the second I-RNTI and a second truncated MAC-I, and the second truncated MAC-I is based on the cell configuration parameters of the first network device and the first truncated MAC-I. The second key is determined according to the second NCC.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述第二网络设备的第三RRC消息;receiving a third RRC message from the second network device;
    其中,所述第三RRC消息包括:第三I-RNTI和第三NCC,所述第三I-RNTI和所述第三NCC为所述第二网络设备为所述终端设备分配的,所述第三I-RNTI与所述第二I-RNTI不同,和/或,所述第三NCC与所述第二NCC不同;或者,The third RRC message includes: a third I-RNTI and a third NCC, the third I-RNTI and the third NCC are allocated by the second network device for the terminal device, the The third I-RNTI is different from the second I-RNTI, and/or the third NCC is different from the second NCC; or,
    所述第三RRC消息指示所述终端设备使用所述第二I-RNTI和所述第二NCC。The third RRC message instructs the terminal device to use the second I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述第二网络设备发送分组数据汇聚协议PDCP状态报告。Send a Packet Data Convergence Protocol PDCP status report to the second network device.
  7. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于第一网络设备或所述第一网络设备中的芯片,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is applied to a first network device or a chip in the first network device, and the method includes:
    接收来自终端设备的第一RRC消息,其中,若终端设备在发送RRC消息后执行小区重选,则所述终端设备保持在非激活态。Receive the first RRC message from the terminal device, wherein if the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the RRC message, the terminal device remains in an inactive state.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备从所述第一网络设 备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the terminal equipment is reselected from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device, the method further comprising:
    向所述第二网络设备发送所述终端设备的第一数据。Send the first data of the terminal device to the second network device.
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备从所述第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the terminal device is reselected from the cell of the first network device to the cell of the second network device, the method further comprising:
    向第三网络设备发送所述终端设备的第一数据,其中,所述第三网络设备为终端设备的锚点网络设备。The first data of the terminal device is sent to a third network device, where the third network device is an anchor point network device of the terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第一信息,其中,所述第一信息包括:第二I-RNTI和第二NCC,所述第二I-RNTI为所述第一网络设备或第三网络设备为所述终端设备分配的,所述第二NCC为所述第一网络设备或第三网络设备为所述终端设备分配的,所述第三网络设备为终端设备的锚点网络设备。Send first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes: a second I-RNTI and a second NCC, the second I-RNTI is the first network device or the third network device is the The second NCC is allocated by the first network device or the third network device is allocated for the terminal device, and the third network device is the anchor network device of the terminal device.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述向所述终端设备发送第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein before the sending the first information to the terminal device, the method further comprises:
    向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息,其中,所述第三网络设备为:所述终端设备的锚点网络设备;sending a context recovery request message to a third network device, where the third network device is: an anchor network device of the terminal device;
    接收来自所述第三网络设备的上下文恢复响应消息,其中,所述上下文恢复响应消息包括所述第一信息。A context recovery response message is received from the third network device, wherein the context recovery response message includes the first information.
  12. 根据权利要求7-11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 7-11, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述终端设备的PDCP状态报告。A PDCP status report is received from the terminal device.
  13. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:收发模块和处理模块,其中,A communication device is characterized by comprising: a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein,
    所述收发模块,用于向第一网络设备发送第一无线资源控制RRC消息;the transceiver module, configured to send the first radio resource control RRC message to the first network device;
    所述处理模块,用于所述通信装置执行从所述第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,其中,所述通信装置保持在非激活态。The processing module is used for the communication apparatus to perform reselection from the cell of the first network equipment to the cell of the second network equipment, wherein the communication apparatus remains in an inactive state.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 13, wherein:
    所述收发模块,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息;The transceiver module is further configured to send a second RRC message to the second network device;
    其中,所述第二RRC消息包括:第一I-RNTI,所述第一I-RNTI为第三网络设备为终端设备分配的,所述第三网络设备为所述终端设备的锚点网络设备;The second RRC message includes: a first I-RNTI, the first I-RNTI is allocated by a third network device for a terminal device, and the third network device is an anchor network device of the terminal device ;
    其中,所述第二RRC消息还包括:第一截短的MAC-I,所述第一截短的MAC-I为根据所述第三网络设备的小区配置参数以及第一密钥确定的,所述第一密钥为根据第一NCC确定的,所述第一NCC为所述第三网络设备为所述终端设备分配的。Wherein, the second RRC message further includes: a first truncated MAC-I, where the first truncated MAC-I is determined according to the cell configuration parameter of the third network device and the first key, The first key is determined according to the first NCC, and the first NCC is allocated by the third network device to the terminal device.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 13, wherein:
    在所述处理模块执行小区重选之前,所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述第一网络设备的第一信息;Before the processing module performs cell reselection, the transceiver module is further configured to receive first information from the first network device;
    其中,所述第一信息包括:第二I-RNTI和第二NCC,所述第二I-RNTI为所述第一网络设备或第三网络设备为终端设备分配的,所述第二NCC为所述第一网络设备或第三网络设备为所述终端设备分配的,所述第三网络设备为所述终端设备的锚点网络设备。The first information includes: a second I-RNTI and a second NCC, the second I-RNTI is allocated by the first network device or the third network device for a terminal device, and the second NCC is The first network device or the third network device is allocated by the terminal device, and the third network device is an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 15, wherein:
    所述收发模块,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送第二RRC消息;The transceiver module is further configured to send a second RRC message to the second network device;
    其中,所述第二RRC消息携带所述第二I-RNTI和第二截短的MAC-I,所述第二截短的MAC-I为根据所述第一网络设备的小区配置参数以及第二密钥确定的,所述第二密钥为根据所述第二NCC确定的。The second RRC message carries the second I-RNTI and a second truncated MAC-I, and the second truncated MAC-I is based on the cell configuration parameters of the first network device and the first truncated MAC-I. The second key is determined according to the second NCC.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that,
    所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述第二网络设备的第三RRC消息;The transceiver module is further configured to receive a third RRC message from the second network device;
    其中,所述第三RRC消息包括:第三I-RNTI和第三NCC,所述第三I-RNTI和所述第三NCC为所述第二网络设备为所述终端设备分配的,所述第三I-RNTI与所述第二I-RNTI不同,和/或,所述第三NCC与所述第二NCC不同;或者,所述第三RRC消息指示所述终端设备使用所述第二I-RNTI和所述第二NCC。The third RRC message includes: a third I-RNTI and a third NCC, the third I-RNTI and the third NCC are allocated by the second network device for the terminal device, the The third I-RNTI is different from the second I-RNTI, and/or the third NCC is different from the second NCC; or, the third RRC message instructs the terminal device to use the second NCC I-RNTI and the second NCC.
  18. 根据权利要求13-17中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 13-17, characterized in that,
    所述收发模块,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送分组数据汇聚协议PDCP状态报告。The transceiver module is further configured to send a packet data convergence protocol PDCP status report to the second network device.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:接收模块,其中,A communication device, comprising: a receiving module, wherein,
    所述接收模块,用于接收来自终端设备的第一RRC消息,其中,若终端设备在发送RRC消息后执行小区重选,则所述终端设备保持在非激活态。The receiving module is configured to receive the first RRC message from the terminal device, wherein if the terminal device performs cell reselection after sending the RRC message, the terminal device remains in an inactive state.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述终端设备从第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,所述装置还包括:发送模块,其中,The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein the terminal equipment is reselected from the cell of the first network equipment to the cell of the second network equipment, the apparatus further comprising: a sending module, wherein:
    所述发送模块,用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述终端设备的第一数据。The sending module is configured to send the first data of the terminal device to the second network device.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述终端设备从第一网络设备的小区重选到第二网络设备的小区,所述装置还包括:发送模块,其中,The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein the terminal equipment is reselected from the cell of the first network equipment to the cell of the second network equipment, the apparatus further comprising: a sending module, wherein:
    所述发送模块,用于向第三网络设备发送所述终端设备的第一数据,其中,所述第三网络设备为终端设备的锚点网络设备。The sending module is configured to send the first data of the terminal device to a third network device, wherein the third network device is an anchor network device of the terminal device.
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:发送模块,其中,The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein the apparatus further comprises: a sending module, wherein:
    所述发送模块,用于向所述终端设备发送第一信息,其中,所述第一信息包括:第二I-RNTI和第二NCC,所述第二I-RNTI为第一网络设备或第三网络设备为所述终端设备分配的,所述第二NCC为所述第一网络设备或第三网络设备为所述终端设备分配的,所述第三网络设备为终端设备的锚点网络设备。The sending module is configured to send first information to the terminal device, wherein the first information includes: a second I-RNTI and a second NCC, and the second I-RNTI is a first network device or a second NCC. Three network devices are allocated to the terminal device, the second NCC is allocated to the terminal device by the first network device or a third network device, and the third network device is the anchor network device of the terminal device .
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述发送模块向所述终端设备发送第一信息之前,所述发送模块,还用于向第三网络设备发送上下文恢复请求消息,以及,所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第三网络设备的上下文恢复响应消息,其中,所述第三网络设备为所述终端设备的锚点网络设备,所述上下文恢复响应消息包括所述第一信息。The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein before the sending module sends the first information to the terminal device, the sending module is further configured to send a context recovery request message to a third network device, and, The receiving module is further configured to receive a context recovery response message from the third network device, wherein the third network device is an anchor network device of the terminal device, and the context recovery response message includes the first information.
  24. 根据权利要求19-23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 19-23, characterized in that,
    所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述终端设备的PDCP状态报告。The receiving module is further configured to receive a PDCP status report from the terminal device.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:用于执行如权利要求1至6中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, comprising: a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:用于执行如权利要求7至12中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, comprising: a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 7 to 12.
  27. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器,所述处理器和所述存储器耦合,所述处理器用于控制所述装置实现如权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, comprising: a processor and a memory, the processor and the memory are coupled, and the processor is configured to control the device to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 6 .
  28. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器,所述处理器和所述存储器耦合,所述处理器用于控制所述装置实现如权利要求7至12中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, comprising: a processor and a memory, the processor and the memory are coupled, and the processor is configured to control the device to implement the method according to any one of claims 7 to 12 .
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is configured to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal of the processor is sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used for implementing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 6 through logic circuits or executing code instructions.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求7至12中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is configured to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal of the processor is sent to other communication devices than the communication device, and the processor is used for implementing the method as claimed in any one of claims 7 to 12 through logic circuits or executing code instructions.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质包括:计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的通信方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, the computer-readable storage medium comprises: a computer program or instruction, when the computer program or instruction is executed on a computer, the computer is made to perform the execution of claims 1-12 The communication method described in any one of.
  32. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的通信方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product comprises: a computer program or instruction, when the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of claims 1-12 the described communication method.
PCT/CN2021/074556 2021-01-30 2021-01-30 Communication method and apparatus WO2022160315A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/074556 WO2022160315A1 (en) 2021-01-30 2021-01-30 Communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/074556 WO2022160315A1 (en) 2021-01-30 2021-01-30 Communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022160315A1 true WO2022160315A1 (en) 2022-08-04

Family

ID=82652944

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/074556 WO2022160315A1 (en) 2021-01-30 2021-01-30 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022160315A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024032405A1 (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-02-15 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication apparatus

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108541034A (en) * 2017-03-03 2018-09-14 宏达国际电子股份有限公司 The device and method of the conversion of processing state
CN108632815A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and equipment
CN108632922A (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-10-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of motion management method and device
CN109246777A (en) * 2017-06-16 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 A kind of communication means and device
US20200053821A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 FG Innovation Company Limited Method and apparatus for rrc state transition

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108541034A (en) * 2017-03-03 2018-09-14 宏达国际电子股份有限公司 The device and method of the conversion of processing state
CN108632922A (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-10-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of motion management method and device
CN108632815A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and equipment
CN109246777A (en) * 2017-06-16 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 A kind of communication means and device
US20200053821A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 FG Innovation Company Limited Method and apparatus for rrc state transition

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Cell reselection for inactive UEs", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1805236 CELL RESELECTION FOR INACTIVE UES, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Sanya, China; 20180416 - 20180420, 14 April 2018 (2018-04-14), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051428911 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024032405A1 (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-02-15 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication apparatus

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10820192B2 (en) Downlink transmission in a RAN inactive mode
WO2018027988A1 (en) Method for selecting network slices, wireless access device and terminal
WO2018165996A1 (en) Switching method and apparatus
US10893574B2 (en) Packet data unit session release method and network entity performing the same
EP3457722B1 (en) Radio communication system
WO2018126961A1 (en) Communication method, access network device, and terminal
KR20200019789A (en) Wireless terminal, wireless station, core network node, and methods therefor
WO2019192445A1 (en) Method and device for creation and joining of multicast group
US10638443B2 (en) Deregistration method of user equipment in network and user equipment performing the same
WO2019179315A1 (en) Wireless communication method, source node, and target node
US10708966B2 (en) Method and apparatus for uplink data transmission using multiple radio access technologies
EP3614708A1 (en) Network device and wireless communication method
WO2023066383A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023061255A1 (en) Communication method
WO2017054183A1 (en) Service bearing congestion control method and apparatus
JP2023073492A (en) Ran node and method performed by ran node
WO2022160315A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022011618A1 (en) Information processing method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022206393A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022148469A1 (en) Security protection method, apparatus and system
WO2019218126A1 (en) Method for controlling network congestion, terminal device, and network device
WO2023125375A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2019157712A1 (en) Communication method, network device and terminal device
WO2020019329A1 (en) Paging message processing method and apparatus
WO2023202206A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21921916

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21921916

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1